Navfac P - 405 PDF

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.
com
SEABEE
PLANNERS AND ESTIMATORS
HANDBOOK
Instructions
Prior to starting this handbook select Help from the
Acrobat Reader Menu Bar. Next, select Acrobat Reader
Help. This screen provides you with various selections
which will allow you to become familiar with Acrobat Reader.
To exit the handbook select File then select Close.
Advance through the handbook until you reach pages that
contain blue text. Click on the blue text to advance to that
area of the handbook.
Click on the red outline box, located on the last page of
each chapter or after each figure and table, to return to
the CONTENT page.
Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com
OCTOBER 1996
NAVFAC P - 405
SEABEE PLANNERS
AND ESTIMATORS
HANDBOOK
DISTRIBUTION
SNDL
23A3
27G
39B
39C
39D
39E
39F
FA32
FB41
FF49
FKA1C
FKN2
FKN11
FR10
FR10
FT18
FT20
FT37
FT78
Short Title
Copies Each
COMUSNAVCENT Code N42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

COMNAVSUPPFORANTARTICA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COMSECONDNCB/COMTHIRDNCB . . . . . . . . . . . .
NCR 20/NCR 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NMCB 1, 7, 74, 133/ 3, 4, 5, 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PHIBCB-ONE/PHIBCB-TWO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COMSECONDNCB DET Gulfport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CBU 410, 411, 412, 414, 415, 420, 423 . . . . . . . . . . . .
CBU 405, 406, 409, 413, 416, 417, 418, 421 . . . . . . . .
CBU 403, 422, 427 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NAVFACENGCOM CODE 12, 9152 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CBC Gulfport, Port Hueneme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NFESC, Library Code L41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NCR 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 9 Det Hawaii, 20, 22, 30, 31 . . . .
NMCB 14, 15, 17, 18, 21, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NMCB 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CBU 401, 402, 404, 407, 408 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NCTC Gulfport Code 7110, Port Hueneme Code 9300-20
NAVSOCOLCECOFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NETPMSA Code 0422 Professional Library . . . . . . . . .
HQ CINCSOUTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
To obtain additional copies of the SEABEE CD-ROM send request to Commanding Officer
(Code 153), Naval Construction Battalion Center, 1000 23Rd. Ave. Port Hueneme, CA
93043-4301. For information call CESO Code 1574 DSN 551-2857, or Commercial (805)
982-2857
ii
. 1
. 2
. 2
. 4
15
. 5
. 1
. 2
. 2
. 2
. 2
. 2
. 1
. 2
. 5
. 5
. 2
. 5
. 5
. 1
. 1
FOREWORD
The Seabee Planner's and Estimator's Handbook is a technical GUIDE for planning
and estimating construction projects undertaken by the Naval Construction Force (NCF).
The handbook provides information on estimating construction work elements and material
quantities, including equipment and manpower requirements.
Prepared by Seabees for Seabees, the handbook is specifically for use in typical Seabee
construction projects, and is designed for flexible application to projects of varying size, scope,
and conditions. Tables for estimating labor have been provided to show the number of man-hours
required for each work function. Diagrams illustrate the functions of planning and estimating.
Both tables and illustrations have been made as useful, accurate, and comprehensive as possible.
Abbreviations for measurements and quantities have been changed to conform to Supply
Department ordering requirements (not commercial abbreviations) to facilitate the ordering
process. A glossary of abbreviations used, standard drawing symbols, and other professional
information needed by the planner or estimator are provided in the back of the handbook.
The addition to the P-405 HANDBOOK are work element code numbers. The code
number is always bold and in the parenthesis, either to the right or directly below man-hour per
unit. The unit is always ONE. This codes are used in the CBCM planning and estimating
software.
This publication cancels and supersedes the Seabee Planner's and Estimator's Handbook,
NAVFAC P-405, dated October 1994 and subsequent changes. Recommendations for revisions
for improvement should be specific and forwarded to the Director, Civil Engineer Support Office,
Naval Construction Battalion Center, 1000 23rd Avenue, Port Hueneme, California 93043-4301.
This publication has been reviewed and approved in accordance with SECNAVINST 5600.16A.
B. D. NEAL
CAPTAIN, CEC, U.S. NAVY
Director, Manpower Management
and Seabee Support
Naval Facilities Engineering Command
iii
CHANGE RECORD
Change No.
Date
Title or brief description
iv
Signature of
validation officer
CONTENTS
Page
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION TO PLANNING AND ESTIMATING

1.
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.
Data Required for Estimating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.
Tables and Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-3
1-3
CHAPTER 2. ACTIVITY AND QUANTITY ESTIMATES OF MATERIALS

1.
Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.
Activity Estimates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.
Material Estimates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-1
2-1
2-2
2-3
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-2
3-6
3-10
CHAPTER 4. LABOR ESTIMATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.
Types of Labor Estimates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.
Checklists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.
Factors Affecting Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.
Production Efficiency Guide Chart and Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.
Labor Estimating Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-6
CHAPTER 3. EQUIPMENT ESTIMATES . . . . . . . . .

1.
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.
Factors Affecting Production . . . . . .
3.
Equipment Production Determination .
4.
Equipment Estimates . . . . . . . . . . .
5.
Table of Allowance . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.
Material Weights and Percent of Swell
TABLES
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
CHAPTER 5. NETWORK ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

1.
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
2.
Network Analysis Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
3.
Network Analysis Disadvantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
4.
Project Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.
Precedence Diagraming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
6.
Precedence Network Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
7.
Computer Use in the NCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-1
Units of Issue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-3
BIBLIOGRAPHY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bibliography-1
Appendix A.
Appendix B.
Appendix C.
Appendix D.
Appendix E.
Appendix F.
Appendix G.
Appendix H.
INDEX . . . . . . .
Work Element Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Equipment and Tool Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conversion and Waste Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conversion Factors for English to Metric System . . . . . . . .
Average Temperature and Rainfall Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard Drawing Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Project Planning Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..........................................
vi
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . A-1
. . B-1
. . C-1
. . D-1
. . E-1
. . F-1
. . G-1
. . H-1
Index-1
FIGURES
Figure
Number
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
3-1
4-1
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
F-1
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
Title
Page
Estimating Work Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bill of Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BM/MTO Comparison Work Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add-On BM Work Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Estimate Sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Production Efficiency Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Activity Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Precedence Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Representation of Lag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Start-to-Start Logic Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finish-to-Finish Logic Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Backward Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Start-to-Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finish-to-Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Precedence Diagram for a 40- by 100-foot Rigid Frame Building
Title Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structural and Welding Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Architectural (Materials) Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vii
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-8
3-4
4-7
5-5
5-6
5-6
5-7
5-7
5-9
5-9
5-10
5-10
5-11
5-13
F -3
F -4
F -5
F -6
F -9
F-13
TABLES
Table
Number
3-1
4-1
Title
Page
NMCB TA-01 Construction Equipment Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Production Efficiency Guide Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
DIVISION 1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2
Asphalt Plant Operation . . . . . . .
4-3
Rock Crushing Plant Operation . . .
4-4
Scaffolding, Runways, and Ramps
4-5
Temporary Construction . . . . . . .
.........................
.........................
.........................
.........................
.........................
4-11
4-13
4-13
4-14
4-14
DIVISION 2. SITE WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-6
Acreage and Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-7
Clearing, Stripping, and Grubbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-8
Demolition and Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-9
General Excavation Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-10
Front End Loaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-11
Bulldozer Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-12
Clamshell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-13
Draglines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-14
Trench Excavation Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-15
Power Excavators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-16
Trencher/Ditcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-17
Sheeting and Shoring Excavations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-18
Material Weights and Swell Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-19
Dump Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-20
Wheel Tractor Scrapers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-21
Motor Graders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-22
Compaction Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-23
Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-24
Seal Coats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-25
Bituminous Paving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-26
Rock Drilling and Blasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-27
Hand Excavation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-28
Erosion Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-29
Landscaping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-30
Fencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-31
Concrete Culvert Pipe Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-32
Galvanized Culvert Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-33
Piled riving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-34
Miscellaneous Pier Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-15
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-20
4-21
4-21
4-22
4-22
4-23
4-23
4-24
4-25
4-26
4-26
4-27
4-27
4-28
4-28
4-29
4-29
4-30
4-30
4-31
4-31
4-32
4-32
4-33
4-33
viii
TABLES
Table
Number
DIVISION 2. SITEWORK (Continued)
4-35
Wood Pile Dolphins . . . . .
4-36
Pier Framing . . . . . . . . .
4-37
Pile Bracing and Capping .
4-38
Pile Extraction . . . . . . . .
Title
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Page
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-34
4-34
4-34
4-35
DIVISION 3. CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-39
Form Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-40
Reinforcing Steel Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-41
Numbers, Sizes, Areas, and Weights of Bars . . . . . . .
4-42
Placing Reinforcing Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-43
Mixing Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-44
Placing Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-45
Finishing and Curing Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-46
Miscellaneous and Imbedded Items . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-47
Concrete Requirements for Footings . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-48
Volume Factors of Various Mixes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-49
Materials for 100 SF of Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-50
Concrete Requirements for Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-51
Concrete Requirements for Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-52
How to Change Cubic Feet to Cubic Yard . . . . . . . . .
4-53
Concrete Comprehensive Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-54
Conversion and Waste Factors: Concrete Construction
4-55
Material Weights and Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
4-37
4-39
4-40
4-40
4-41
4-42
4-43
4-43
4-44
4-45
4-45
4-47
4-47
4-48
4-49
4-50
4-51
4-52
DIVISION 4. MASONRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-56
Length of Concrete Masonry Walls by Stretcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-57
Height of Concrete Masonry Walls by Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-58
Block, Brick, and Rubble Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-59
Tile Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-60
Volume of Grout in Grouted Concrete Block Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-61
Maximum Unsupported Heights of CMU Wall During Construction . . . .
4-62
Masonry Conversion Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-63
Material Weights and Measures: Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-53
4-55
4-56
4-57
4-58
4-59
4-59
4-60
4-61
ix
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
TABLES
Table
Number
Title
Page
DIVISION 5. METALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-64
Structural Steel Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-65
Structural Steel Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-66
Flame Cutting Structural Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-67
Welding Structural Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-68
Install Steel Welded Pipe Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-69
Gage Thickness and Weights of Black and Galvanized
Flat and Corrugated Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-70
Weights of Steel Plates in Pounds per Square Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-71
Weights of Standard Diamond Steel Floor Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-72
Electrode and Wire Requirements for Horizontal Fillet Welds . . . . . . . .
4-73
Electrode and Wire Requirements for "V" Groove Butt Joints . . . . . . . .
4-74
Electrode and Wire Requirements for Square Groove Butt Joints . . . . . .
4-75
Weights of Flat Steel Bars in LBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-76
Weights of Square and Round Bars in LBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-77
Weights of Standard Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-78
Weights of Steel Angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-79
Bolted Steel Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-63
4-65
4-65
4-66
4-66
4-67
DIVISION 6. CARPENTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-80
Rough Carpentry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-81
Sheathing and Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-82
Number of Wood Joists Required for Any Floor Spacing . . . . . . . . . . .
4-83
Board Feet of Lumber Required per 100 Square Foot of Surface . . . . . .
4-84
Material Required for Built-Up Girders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-85
Board Feet Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-86
Board Feet Required for Wood Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-87
Number of Studs Required for Variable Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-88
Material Required for Rafters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-89
Roof Areas of Pitched Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-90
Criteria for Plywood Roof Sheathing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-91
Criteria for Plywood Flooring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-92
Finish Carpentry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-93
Wire Nails: Length, and Approximate Number per Pound . . . . . . . . . .
4-75
4-77
4-78
4-79
4-80
4-80
4-81
4-82
4-82
4-83
4-84
4-84
4-85
4-86
4-86
4-67
4-68
4-68
4-68
4-69
4-69
4-70
4-71
4-72
4-73
4-74
TABLES
Table
Number
Title
Page
DIVISION 7. MOISTURE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . .

4-94
Waterproofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-95
Sheet Metal Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-96
Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-97
Fastener Requirements for Batts of Insulation
4-98
Loose Fill Insulation Requirements . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
4-87
4-89
4-90
4-90
4-91
4-91
DIVISION 8. DOORS, WINDOWS,

4-99
Door Installation . . . . .
4-100
Window Installation . . .
4-101
Glass and Glazing . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-93
4-95
4-96
4-96
AND GLASS
..........
..........
..........
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...
...
...
...
DIVISION 9. FINISHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97

4-102
Portland Cement, Stucco, and Plaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
4-103
Material Requirements for Cement, Stucco, and Plaster . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
4-104
Acoustical Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
4-105
Flooring and Tiling Soft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
4-106
Estimating Floor Tile Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
4-107
Floor Tile Waste Allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
4-108
Mastic Requirements for Resilient Flooring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
4-109
Wall Covering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
4-110
Estimating Ready Mix Joint Compound and Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
4-111
Estimating Fastener Requirements for Wallboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
4-112
Painting Structural and Miscellaneous Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
4-113
Fence Metal Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
4-114
Interior Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
4-115
Drying Times for Finished . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
4-116
Coverage for Paints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
4-117
Exterior Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
DIVISION 10. SPECIALTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-118
Install Partitions and Miscellaneous Metal Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-119
Bulletin Boards, Chalkboards, Directory Boards,
and Bathroom Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-120
Manufacture Wood Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-109
4-111
4-111
4-112
DIVISION 11. ARCHITECTURAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113

DIVISION 12. FURNISHINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
DIVISION 13. SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
xi
TABLES
Table
Number
Title
Page
DIVISION 14. CONVEYING SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113

DIVISION 15. MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . .
4-121
Install Cast Iron No Hub Pipe and Fittings . . . . . . . . . .
4-122
Install Type K, L, and M Copper Pipe with
Cast or Wrought Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-123
Install Threaded or Flanged Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-124
Install Steel Grooved Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-125
Install CPVC and PVC Solvent Welded Pipe and Fittings .
4-126
Install Concrete Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-127
Install Pipe Insulation and Lagging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-128
Finish Plumbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-129
Install Compressed Air Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-130
Install Fire Protection Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-131
Install Galley Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-132
Install Warm Air Furnaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-133
Install Heating Boilers, Expansion Tanks, and
Hot Water Storage Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-134
Duct Sheet Metal and Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-135
Install Air Conditioners, Dehumidifiers, and Refrigerators
4-136
Refrigerant Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . 4-115
. . . . . . . . . 4-117
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-117
4-118
4-119
4-120
4-120
4-121
4-122
4-123
4-124
4-124
4-125
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-126
4-127
4-128
4-129
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
........
4-131
4-133
4-133
4-134
4-135
4-136
4-137
4-138
4-139
4-140
4-141
4-141
4-142
4-143
4-144
4-144
4-145
4-146
DIVISION 16. ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-137
Electrical Line Work, General Information on Setting Poles
4-138
Digging Pole and Anchor Holes, General Information . . . .
4-139
Overhead Primary and Secondary Conductors and Devices .
4-140
Street and Security Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-141
Athletic Facility Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-142
Underground Power Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-143
Electrical Rough In (Housing and Barracks) . . . . . . . . . .
4-144
Electrical Finish and Trim (Housing and Barracks) . . . . . .
4-145
Electrical Rough-In (Industrial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-146
Conduit Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-147
Electrical Finish and Trim (Industrial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-148
Substation Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-149
Fire Alarm and Signal Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-150
Overhead Telephone Line Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-151
Interior Telephone Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-152
Underground Telephone Line Construction . . . . . . . . . . .
4-153
Installing Intercommunication Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xii
TABLES
Table
Number
Title
Page
DIVISION 17. EXPEDITIONARY STRUCTURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147

4-154
Tension Fabric Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
4-155
K-Span Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
OTHER TABLES
C-1
Conversion and Waste Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-1
Conversion Factors for English to Metric System . . . . . . .
D-2
Conduit and Wire Conversion Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-3
Decimal Equivalent Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-4
Time Conversion Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E-1
Average Temperature and Rainfall Outside the United States
E-2
Average Temperature and Rainfall for the United States . . .
xiii
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C-3
D-3
D-6
D-7
D-8
E-3
E-5
This page is blank
xiv
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION TO PLANNING AND ESTIMATING

1.
INTRODUCTION. Good construction planning and estimating procedures are essential
to the ability of the Naval Construction Force (NCF) to accomplish quality construction that is
responsive to Fleet operational requirements. This handbook contains information which can be
used to plan and estimate construction projects normally undertaken by Seabees; it is designed
to be a helpful reference, not to establish procedures. The procedures described herein are
suggested methods that have been proven with use, and can result in effective planning and
estimating. How and when these procedures are applied is left to the discretion of the user. The
tables are helpful references and are not intended to establish production standards. The
tables must be used with sound judgment and modified as the user's experience suggests. Manhour tables are based upon direct labor and do not include allowances for indirect or overhead
labor.
2.
DEFINITIONS. Users of this handbook should be familiar with the definitions and their
usage that follow.
a.
Planning is the process to determine requirements and to devise and develop
methods and schemes of action for construction of a project. A good construction plan is a
combination of the activity, material, equipment and manpower estimates, plant layout, material
delivery and storage, work schedules, quality control, specialty tools, environment protection,
safety, and progress control.
b.
Estimating is the process to determine the amount and type of work to be
performed and the quantities of material, labor, and equipment needed. The lists of these
quantities are called estimates.
c.
Preliminary estimates are made from limited information, such as general
descriptions of projects, or preliminary plans and specifications with little or no detail.
Preliminary estimates are usually prepared to establish costs for budget purposes and to program
manpower requirements.
d.
Detailed estimates are precise statements of quantities of materials, equipment,
and manpower required to construct a given project. Underestimation of quantities can cause
serious delays in construction or result in unfinished projects. A detailed estimate must be
accurate and be at the smallest level of detail to correctly quantify the requirements.
e.
Activity estimates consist of a list of all the steps required to construct a given
project, and includes specific, descriptive information as to the limits of each clearly definable
quantity of work (activity). Activity quantities provide the basis to prepare the material,
equipment, and manpower estimates. Activities are used in the scheduling process to provide the
basis to schedule material deliveries, equipment, and manpower. Errors in activity estimates can
multiply many times through their use in the preparation of other estimates and schedules.
f.
Material estimates consist of a list and description of various materials and the
1-1
quantities required to construct a given project. Information to prepare material estimates is

obtained from the activity estimates, drawings, and specifications. A material estimate is
sometimes referred to as a Bill of Material (BM) or a Material Take Off (MTO).
g.
Equipment estimates consist of a list of the various types of equipment, the
amount of time, and the number of pieces required to construct a given project. Information from
activity estimates, drawings, specifications, and information obtained from inspection of the site
provide the basis to prepare the equipment estimates.
h.
Manpower estimates consist of a list of the number of direct labor man-days
required to complete the various activities of a specific project. These estimates may show only
the man-days for each activity, or they may be in sufficient detail to list the number of man-days
of each rating (Builder, Construction Electrician, Equipment Operator, Steelworker, and Utilities
man) for each activity. Man-day estimates are used to determine the number of men and ratings
required on a deployment, and provide the basis to schedule manpower in relation to construction
progress. A man-day is a unit of work performed by one man in 8 hours.
I.
Direct labor includes all labor expended directly on assigned construction tasks,
either in the field or in the shop, which contributes directly to the completion of the end product.
Direct labor must be reported separately for each assigned construction task.
j.
Indirect labor is labor required to support construction operations, but does not
produce and end product itself.
k.
Overhead labor is not considered to be productive labor because it does not
contribute directly or indirectly to the end product. It includes all labor that must be performed,
regardless of the assigned mission.
l.
An estimator is one who evaluates the requirements to do a task. A construction
estimator must be able to mentally picture the separate operations of the job as the work would
progress through the various stages of construction. The estimator must be able to read and obtain
measurements from drawings. The estimator must also possess a knowledge of mathematics,
have previous construction experience and a working knowledge of all branches of construction.
The estimator should have good judgment when determining what effect numerous factors and
conditions will have on construction of the project and what allowances should be made for each
of them, and be able to do accurate work. A Seabee estimator must have access to information
about materials, equipment, and labor that is required to perform various types of work under
conditions encountered in Seabee deployments. The collection of such information on
construction performance is part of the job of estimating. Reference information of this kind may
change from time to time and, therefore, should be reviewed frequently.
m.
Scheduling is the process to determine when an action must be taken, and when
materials, equipment, and manpower will be required. A progress schedule coordinates all
1-2
projects of a Seabee deployment, or all activities of a single project. It shows the sequence, the
time for starting, the time required for performance, and the time for completion. Material
schedules show when materials are needed on the job and may show the order in which they
should be delivered. An equipment schedule coordinates all equipment to be used on a project
and shows when, and the amount of time, each type of equipment is required to perform the
work. A manpower schedule coordinates the manpower requirements of a project and shows the
number of men required for each activity for each period of time. The number of each rating
(Builder, Construction Electrician, Equipment Operator, Steelworker, and Utilities man) required
for each activity for each period of time may also be shown. The selected unit of time to be
shown in a schedule should be some convenient interval such as a day, week, or month.
n.
Network analysis is a method to plan and control projects by recording their
interdependence in a diagrammatic form that enables each fundamental problem involved to be
undertaken separately. The diagrammatic form, known as a "network diagram," is drawn so that
each task is represented by a "box" on the diagram. The boxes are linked with lines which
indicate the dependencies of the tasks to each other.
o.
Progress control is the comparison of actual progress with scheduled progress,
and the steps necessary to correct deficiencies and to balance activities to meet overall objectives.
3.
DATA REQUIRED FOR ESTIMATING. In order for the estimator to prepare a
detailed and accurate estimate, information must be available about various conditions that affect
construction of the project. The drawings should be detailed and complete. The specifications
should be exact and leave no doubt as to their intent. Information should be available about local
materials, quarries, gravel pits, borrow pits, spoil areas, types of soil, haul roads and distances,
foundation conditions, weather conditions to be expected during construction, and time allotted
for completion. The amount and types of construction equipment available for use should be
known. Other items and conditions which might affect production or progress of construction
should also be considered.
4.
TABLES AND DIAGRAMS. Tables and diagrams save time in the preparation of
estimates and, when understood and used properly, give accurate results. The tables and
diagrams in this handbook are based on Seabee experience whenever possible. Where suitable
information was not available, construction industry experience was adjusted to represent
production under the range of conditions encountered in Seabee construction. In the Man
Hour/Unit columns there are two numbers, first is the man hour/unit and the second one, in
parenthesis, is the work element code number. Work element number is used with CBCM
planning and estimating program.
1-3
This page is blank
1-4
CHAPTER 2. ACTIVITY AND QUANTITY ESTIMATES OF MATERIALS

1.
ACCURACY. The estimator needs a thorough knowledge of the project drawings and
specifications, and be alert to the various areas where estimating errors may occur.
a.
Examination of Drawings. Accurate estimating requires a thorough examination
of the drawings. Information found on drawings is the main basis to define the required activities
and to measure quantities. All notes and references should be carefully read and all detail and
reference drawings examined. Dimensions shown or drawn should be used in preference to
scaling. If it is necessary to scale dimensions, a scale rule should be used and the graphic scale
on the drawings should be checked for expansion or shrinkage of the drawing. When there is
disagreement between the plans, elevations, and details, the detail drawing normally is followed.
When there is disagreement between the specifications and the drawings, the specifications
normally are followed.
b.
Examination of Specifications. Specifications must be used with the drawings
to prepare the estimates for activity, equipment, and quantity. The estimator must be familiar
with all the requirements contained in specifications, such as unfamiliar work procedures or
materials, and the specific requirements concerned with testing. The estimator may find it
necessary to read the specifications several times to fix these requirements in mind. Notes made
while reading the specifications prove helpful when the drawings are examined. Specifications
often contain information required to prepare purchase requisitions and this should be used to
prepare material lists. Wrong interpretation of a section of the specifications can cause errors in
the estimate. If there is any doubt about the meaning of any portion of the specifications, the
estimator should request an explanation.
c.
Need for Accuracy. Quantity estimates are used to purchase materials and to
determine equipment and manpower requirements. The use of quantity estimates in the
scheduling process provides the basis for material deliveries, equipment, and manpower use.
Because of the widespread use of quantity estimates, accuracy during preparation is very
important, since errors tend to become larger. For instance, if the estimator misread a dimension
for one side of a concrete slab as 30 feet instead of 300 feet and the other dimensions was 100
feet, the quantity estimate would show 3,000 square feet instead of the actual 30,000. This
quantity would then be used to order the required construction materials such as cement, sand,
and reinforcing steel, and as the basis for equipment and manpower requirements. This one error
would be the source of short estimates and future problems.
d.
Checking Estimates. The need for accuracy in quantity estimates requires that
they be checked to eliminate as many errors as possible. One of the best ways to check, is to
have another person make an independent estimate and then compare the estimates after
completion. Any differences should be checked and corrected.
2-1
e.
Sources of Errors. The most common source of errors follow:
(1)
Failure to read all notes and references on a drawing results in incomplete
estimates. For example, an estimator may overlook a note "Symmetrical about 0" and thus
compute only one-half the quantity.
(2)
Errors in scaling drawings mean wrong quantities. Be sure that the correct
measurements are recorded. Common errors are: using the wrong scale; reading the wrong side
of a scale; and failure to note that the detail being scaled is drawn to a different scale than the rest
of the drawing. Some drawings are not drawn to scale and may have the note "NTS" (not to
scale), and the estimator must then obtain his measurements elsewhere.
(3)
Omissions are usually the result of a careless examination of the drawings.
Thoroughness in examining drawings and specifications eliminates omissions. A checklist must
be used to ensure that all work elements or materials have been included. Drawings frequently are
revised after the Material Take Off (MTO). The estimate must be updated to reflect the revisions.
(4)
Failure to make the proper allowance for waste and loss of construction
materials results in wrong estimates.
2.
ACTIVITY ESTIMATES. Activity estimates provide a basis to prepare estimates of
material, equipment, and manpower requirements.
a.
Application. The activity estimate, for example, might call for an 8-inch concrete
masonry unit (CMU) wall to be constructed. In the materials estimate, this would be converted
into required quantities of sand, cement, lime, and 8-inch CMU block. In the equipment estimate
it would be converted into mixer time required to mix the mortar. In the manpower estimate the
activity quantity would be converted into the number of man-days required to perform the work.
The quantity of CMU, together with information on work sheets (such as length and height of wall)
would be used to estimate the number of scaffold frames and scaffold boards required, together
with requirements of special tools. Information shown in activity estimates is used to schedule
material deliveries, equipment and manpower, and is also used to schedule progress.
b.
Suggested Procedure. The following procedures have been proven with use, and
the estimator will find that it will produce satisfactory results.
(1)
A general knowledge of the project is obtained by studying the drawings,
reading the specifications, and examining all available information that concerns site and local
conditions. The estimator is ready to identify individual activities only offer first becoming
familiar with the project.
(2)
After becoming familiar with the project and defining its scope, the
estimator proceeds to identify individual activities required to construct the project. To identify
2-2
activities, ensure that each activity description indicates a specific quantity of work, with clear
definite limitations or cut-off points that can be readily understood by everyone concerned with
the project. A list of these activities is prepared in a logical sequence to check for completeness.
(3)
The estimator must first define activities. An activity is a clearly definable
quantity of work. For estimating and scheduling purposes, an activity should be a specific task
or work element accomplished by a single trade.
3.
MATERIAL ESTIMATES. Material estimates are used as for construction material
procurement, and as a check to determine if sufficient materials are available to construct or
complete a project.
a.
Application. The Operations Officer, for example, may have some doubts about
the availability of materials and request than an estimate be prepared that lists material quantities
required to complete the project. This estimate is then compared with the stock of materials on
hand to determine any shortages.
b.
Typical Estimating Forms. The sample forms shown in figures 2-1, 2-2, 2-3,
and 2-4 may be used to prepare material estimates. The forms are presented as one method to
record the various steps taken to prepare a material estimate. Each step can readily be understood
by others when reading the work sheets. A work sheet must have a heading that shows the
project title, project location, drawing number, project section, prepared by, checked by, and
date. Forms for reproductions are in appendix H.
(1)
Estimating work sheet (figure 2-1) shows the various individual activities
for a project with a list of the required materials. When materials are scheduled for several
activities or uses, show it in the remarks section. The work sheet should show activity
description, item number, material description, unit of issue, waste factors, total quantities, and
remarks. Retain the estimating work sheets for use by the field supervisor when construction is
underway to ensure use of materials as planned.
(2)
Bill of Material (BM) sheet (figure 2-2) contains information presented in
a format suitable for data processing. Requests for supply status, issue, or location of materials
use this form. Bill of Material sheets are used to prepare purchase documents, and when funding
data have been added, to draw from existing supply stocks.
(3)
BM/MTO comparison work sheet (figure 2-3) is used to compare the
independent Material Take Off (MTO) with the BM. It should contain activity number,
2-3
material description, unit of issue (UI), BM line item number (BMLI), BM quantity, MTO
quantity, difference between the two (BM/MTO), and remarks. If differences exist they should
be reconciled.
(4)
Add-on BM (figure 2-4) is used to reconcile differences found in the
BM/MTO comparison. It should be used for both add-ons or reorders. If it is a reorder state
so on the form.
c.
Waste and Loss Factors. Between the procurement of construction materials and
final installation, materials are subject to loss and waste. This loss may occur during shipping,
handling, or storage. Waste is inevitable where materials are subject to cutting or
final fitting prior to installation. Frequently, materials such as lumber, conduit, or pipe have a
standard issue length, which is longer than required. More often than not, the excess is too
short for use and end as waste. Waste and loss factors vary, depending on the individual item,
and must be checked against the conversion and waste factors (see appendix C).
d.
Checklist. Checklists are used to eliminate omissions from material estimates.
The estimators should prepare a list for each individual project when examining the drawings,
specifications, and activity estimates. This is the practical way to prepare a list of the variety of
materials used in a project. The list applies only to the project for which it has been prepared.
If no mistakes or omissions have been made in the checklist or estimate, the material estimate will
contain a quantity for each item on the list.
e.
Long Lead Items. Long lead items are those which are not readily available
through the normal supply system, and require special attention by the estimator to ensure
delivery at the required time. Items that require long lead time are those which are not shelf
items such as steam boilers, special door and window frames, items larger than the standard
issue, and electrical transformers for power distribution systems. It is recommended that these
items be identified and ordered early. Periodic checks must be made about the status of the order
to avoid delays in completion of the project.
f.
Suggested Procedure. The suggested procedure for the preparation of a Material
Estimate is to use the activity description together with the detailed information given in or on the
drawings to provide a quantity of work. This quantity is then converted to materials required.
Next, the conversion should be on a work sheet to show how each quantity was obtained (figure
2-1). Work sheets need to be sufficiently detailed to be self-explanatory. Allowances for waste
and loss are added after the total requirement is determined. All computations should appear on
the estimate work sheet, as must all notes relative to the reuse of materials. Material quantities
for similar items of a project are entered on the Bill of Material (figure 2-2) and becomes the
Material Estimate for the project.
2-4
ESTIMATOR WORK SHEET

PROJECT LOCATION
PROJECT TITLE
PROJECT SECTION
ACTIVITY NUMBER
DRAWING NUMBER
PROJECT NUMBER
BM
NUMBER
PREPARED BY:
CHECKED BY:
BM
LINE
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
UNIT
OF
ISSUE
FIGURE 2-1. Estimating Work Sheet
2-5
TOTAL
QTY
DATE PREPARED
REMARKS
BILL OF MATERIAL
PROJECT
PROJECT TITLE
AUTHORITY/ORIGINATOR
M&S
SERV &
REQNR
DEM
SERV &
SUPP ADD
SIG
FUND
DIS
PRJ
PRI
JON
ROS
30-35
44
45-50
51
53-53
54
57-59
60-61
62-64
72-77
UNIT
OF
ISSUE
QTY
DOCUMENT NUMBER
ADV
COG
55-56
NSN
8-20
BM SUBMITTED BY/DATE
23-24
25-26
36-43
65-66
BM APPROVED BY/DATE
BM NO.
SECTION
UNIT
PRICE
TOTAL
COST
BM TOTAL
PAGE
ACCOUNTING DATA
DESCRIPTION
VENDOR/SOURCE
INTENDED USE
LI
TARGET APPROVED/DATE
PAGE
TOTAL
OF
FIGURE 2-2. Bill of Material

2-6
BM/MTO COMPARISON WORK SHEET

ACTIVITY
NO.
MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
U/I
BM LI
NO.
BM
QTY
MTO
QTY
DIFF
FIGURE 2-3. BM/MTO Comparison Work Sheet
2-7
REMARKS
ADD-ON BM
PROJECT NUMBER
BM NUMBER
BM
ITEM
NO.
UNIT
OF
ISSUE
1. CREW LEADER
PROJECT TITLE
DATE
MASTER ACTIVITY NUMBER
QTY
DRAWING NO.
PREPARED BY:
DESCRIPTION
DATE
MLO USE ONLY
UNIT
PRICE
TOTAL
COST
JUSTIFICATION
5. OPS
DATE
2. PROJECT SUP.
6. MLO CHIEF
3. PROJECT MGR.
7. MLO SK
4. QC REP.
8. PROCUREMENT APPROVAL
FIGURE 2-4. Add-On BM Work Sheet
2-8
MLO NOTES & REMARKS
REQUESITION
NUMBER
CHAPTER 3. EQUIPMENT ESTIMATES

1.
APPLICATION. Equipment estimates are used with project schedules to determine the
construction equipment requirements and constraints for a Seabee deployment.
2.
FACTORS AFFECTING PRODUCTION. Equipment estimators must be familiar with
the following definitions and how they affect production.
a.
Permissible speeds are established either by a governing authority, as in a highway
or street speed limit, or by a command, such as in an operating limit on the equipment. In either
case, the speed limits must be considered when estimating the average hauling speed which, in
turn, determines the amount of material the equipment will move in one day. The estimator
should not make the mistake of using the speed limit as the average speed at which equipment will
be operated. Equipment speed usually averages 40 to 65 percent of speed limits, depending upon
factors such as the condition of the road, number of intersections to be crossed, amount of traffic,
and length of haul. Long hauls usually result in higher average speeds, other conditions being
equal.
b.
The type of material to be handled has a definite effect on the amount of time
required. For example, wet, sticky clay is slower to handle because it sticks to the bucket, pan,
or truck bed and requires jarring and shaking to loosen and dump the load. On the other hand,
damp, sandy loam does not stick to equipment as readily and requires little or no jarring or
shaking; therefore, the time required for this extra effort is saved. Sand handles easier and
quicker with a clamshell bucket than does gravel or crushed rock. When lifting with a crane,
bulky, hard-to-rig material and equipment require more time to load and unload. Several trial
lifts usually are required, moving the slings after each lift before the equipment is balanced for
safe lifting.
c.
Safety factors limit the amount of work which can be produced with a machine and,
therefore, they must be considered as a production factor. Although the manufacturer's crane
rating may show it to be capable of lifting 40 tons with a 70-foot boom at a 45-degree angle, for
reasons of safety the maximum lifting capacity of that particular crane may have been limited to
85 percent of the okay rating. The crane can then only be used to lift 34 tons with a 70-foot
boom at a 45-degree angle. Certain pieces of equipment which may have the speed limited
because of safety reasons will reduce the rate of production.
d.
Operator experience must be considered when estimating equipment production.
An experienced operator spreads a load of dirt with less passes than an inexperienced operator,
and does a better job of spreading. Also, inexperienced operators are more inclined to forget
some of the required maintenance operations and tend to cause more equipment downtime.
3-1
e.
Age and condition of equipment must be considered in estimating the number of
days required to perform work. Old or poorly maintained equipment has more downtime than
new equipment or equipment in good operating condition. Also, worn equipment responds more
slowly to the operator, has less power, and is generally less efficient. Downtime of equipment
sometimes affects more than just its own operation. For example, if one of five trucks hauling
dirt broke down, it would affect only its own operation, but, if the equipment loading those five
trucks broke down, it would stop all of the trucks plus the equipment spreading and compacting
the dirt being hauled.
f.
Completion time affects production if crews must work long hours daily, or if the
work must be performed under crowded conditions in order to complete the project within the
allotted time. More efficient operation and better production is usually obtained by working two
or more shifts per day.
g.
Climate has a considerable effect on production of equipment working outside.
Rain slows down the work, and frequently stops it for the remainder of the day, and sometimes
for several days. In climates with considerable rainfall, equipment does not produce as much per
hour or per week as in dry climates. Extremely cold weather slows down the operator and lowers
the efficiency of the equipment, thus lowering production.
3.
EQUIPMENT PRODUCTION DETERMINATION. Production rates are usually
available for equipment assigned. It is not practical to draw up a production table to consider the
particular combination of factors that affect production on a given project. Production rates in
the tables of this handbook must be adjusted to fit the conditions expected on each project. In
order to make this adjustment the estimator should know on what basis the rate in the table was
established. The production rates found in the tables are an average of commercial manufacturers
and government planning sources combined with, and adjusted to, the Naval Construction Force
(NCF) productivity.
4.
EQUIPMENT ESTIMATES. It is not practical to use a form with columns for work
quantities, equipment quantities, and operator days when preparing the equipment estimate.
However, forms with certain information in the heading will save the estimator time. The
heading should show that it is an equipment estimate with the following information: sheet
number, estimator's name, date estimated, the checker's name, date checked, battalion and
detachment number, location of deployment, year of deployment, project number, project title
and activity description. Examples of such a form to estimate equipment required for "cut and
fill" operations are shown in figure 3-1.
The activity estimate must be examined and all activities that require equipment listed.
Each activity on this list should be treated in the following manner.
3-2
a.
The type of equipment and method of performing the work should be selected.
b.
The production rate per day should be estimated for each piece of equipment,
considering all factors discussed in paragraph 2, and using information obtained from sources
mentioned in paragraph 3, or based on the estimator's experience.
c.
To find out how many days of equipment operation are required to perform the
work, the quantity of work is divided by the production per day. Some elements of work require
several items of equipment to be used as a group, rather than individually, and in these cases, the
days of operation should be shown as days of group operation.
If one end loader and five trucks are to be used for 10 days loading and hauling earth fill, they
would be shown as one end loader and five trucks for 10 days, not as 10 days of end loading time
and 50 days of truck time.
d.
The project schedule should be consulted to find the time allotted for completion
of the activity after determination of the number of days of equipment operation required. In
order to complete the work within the time scheduled, it may be necessary to work several pieces
or groups of equipment at the same time. The result is a more efficient operation.
e.
An equipment schedule should be prepared for the total deployment using the
project schedule to determine when the work will be performed. The schedule will indicate the
peak loads for each equipment type. A study of the peak loads may show that it is desirable to
revise the project schedule to more evenly distribute the equipment work load and thereby reduce
the amount of equipment required for deployment. For example, an equipment schedule shows
80 dump trucks required during May and 20 dump trucks required during June and July. It may
be possible to revise the project schedule to evenly distribute the work for these dump trucks over
the three months so that 40 dump trucks are required during May, June, and July. This would
mean a reduction of 40 dump trucks needed for the total deployment.
f.
A list of the equipment requirements for the deployment can be prepared following
a review of the equipment and project schedules, and making all possible adjustments to them.
In preparing this list, downtime should be anticipated and sufficient equipment added so that
when equipment is out of service awaiting repairs, a reserve piece is available for use. The
number of pieces of equipment required for a deployment is obtained by adding the required
reserve equipment of each type to the peak figures indicated by the equipment schedule.
3-3
SHEET
ESTIMATED BY
CHECKED BY
Brown
of
DATE 6/13/95
Greene
DATE 6/23/95
EQUIPMENT ESTIMATE
NMCB_________________________LOCATION
PROJECT
Earth Fill
No. 013
Guam
YEAR
1995
PROJECT TITLE CONSTRUCT BLDG 101 DESCRIPTION Site Preparation
36,000 CD loose measurement required.

Haul one way 2-1/2 miles.
Use 2-1/2 CD end loader and 10 CD dump trucks.
End loader capacity

100 CD/hour
36,000
100 = 360 hours or 45 eight-hour days.
100
10 = 10 trucks loaded per hour.
Average hauling speed estimated at 15 MPH.
2 X 2.5 = 5 miles round trip.
5
15 X 60 = 20 minutes hauling time.
60
10 = 6 minutes loading time.
Estimated dumping time 4 minutes.
30 minutes total time per truck load.
60
30 = Two loads per hour per truck.
10
2 = Five trucks required to keep end loader working at capacity.
100 X 8 = 800 CD hauled per 8-hour day.
Need one bulldozer (can spread 1,400 CD daily).
Need one grader to keep haul road in shape.
One tractor and tandem sheepfoot roller (can compact 1,200 CD daily).
One water truck with sprinkler for moisture control.
One rubber-tired wobbly wheel roller on standby for compaction and sealing fill when rain is expected (can be towed by
above bulldozer or tractor).
FIGURE 3-1. Equipment Estimate Sample (Sheet 1 of 2)

3-4
SHEET
ESTIMATED BY
CHECKED BY
Brown
Greene
of
DATE 6/13/95
DATE 6/23/95
EQUIPMENT ESTIMATE
NMCB_________________________LOCATION
Guam
YEAR 1995
PROJECT No. 013 PROJECT TITLE CONSTRUCT BLDG 101 DESCRIPTION Site Preparation
NOTE: The preceding example is not very efficient , as spreading equipment is not used to full capacity. Suppose that when the work
scheduled is prepared, comple tion of fill will be required in 18 days. Assume that the climate is that 3 days in every 17 working days
will be lost due to rain. Therefore, 15 working days would be available in an 18-day schedule.
3,600
15 = 2,400 CD must be hauled daily to complete the work on schedule.
2,400
800 = Three times the output of loading and hauling spread shown previously.
Equipment required to load and haul:
Three
2-1/2 CD end loaders
One
Bulldozer to keep pit in shape
one
Grader to keep haul road in shape
Fifteen 10-ton trucks hauling (one or two extra trucks should be added to assure that a truck will always be waiting to be
loaded so that end loader will work at full capacity).
2,400 CD will be hauled each day
2,400
1,200 =
2,400
1,400 =
Two tractors and tandem sheepfoot roller for compaction

Two bulldozers to spread earth
One water truck with sprinkler
One wobbly-wheel roller (standby for sealing of fill before rains).

NOTE: This is a more efficient operation, because production has been tripled but equipment has not, and total equipment working
at or as close to capacity as can be expected.
FIGURE 3-1. Equipment Estimate Sample (Sheet 2 of 2)
3-5
5.
TABLE OF ALLOWANCE. The Naval Mobile Construction Battalion (NMCB) Table
of Allowance (TOA) contains specific information on the quantities and characteristics of the
construction equipment available for NMCBs. Table 3-1 contains an abbreviated list of such
construction equipment.
TABLE 3-1. NMCB TA-01 Construction Equipment Characteristics
______________________________________________________________________________
Qty
EC
Description
______________________________________________________________________________
16
0355-01
TRK, Pickup, 4X4, 4 Dr, 9200 GVW
4
0360-41
TRK, Util Cargo, 4X4, DED, HMMWV XM998
8
0360-51
TRK, Armament Carrier, 4X4, HMMWV M1043
2
0361-41
TRK, AMB, 2 Litter, 4X4, DED, HMMWV XM1035
16
0587-51
TRK, Dump, 5T Mil, 6X6, FMTV M1090
14
0588-51
TRK, Cargo, %T Mil, 6X6, FMTV M1083
10
0607-51
TRK, Trac, 5T, 6X6, FMTV M1088
4
0645-21
TRK, Trac, 6X6, DED, 600000 GVW
2
0709-51
TRK, Lube, Servicing, 6X6, Auto Trans., FMTV M1092
4
0722-21
TRK, Maint/Util, 4X4, DED, 8500 GVW
2
0730-21
TRK, Wrecker, 25T, 6X6, Commercial, 46000 GVW
2
0746-01
TRK, Truck TNK Fuel, 4X2, DED, 1500 Gal
______________________________________________________________________________
84
Subtotal
______________________________________________________________________________
10
0816-11
Semi, Stake, 34X, 34T, 40 FT Mil
13
0825-11
Semi, Lowbed, 34X, 35T
5
0829-02
Dolly, TRLR Conv, 9T Commercial
1
0842-01
TRLR, BOLST, Pipe/Pole, 13T payload
10
0880-02
TRLR, TNK 400G, Potable water M149A2
______________________________________________________________________________
39
Subtotal
______________________________________________________________________________
2
1820-00
TRFK, 4k-20k lb CAP, Rough, DED
5
1820-04
TRFK, 4000 lb CAP, Rough, DED
7
1820-12
TRFK, 12000 lb CAP, Rough, DED
______________________________________________________________________________
14
Subtotal
______________________________________________________________________________
2
2433-01
MXR, CONC, Wheel, MTD, 11 CF, DED
1
2520-12
Distributor Asphalt, TRK MTD, 6X6, 2000 gal
2
2521-05
Distributor Water, TRK MTD, 6X6, 2000 gal
2
2521-22
Distributor Water, Off Hwy, 7000 gal, DED
______________________________________________________________________________
7
Subtotal
______________________________________________________________________________
3-6
TABLE 3-1. NMCB TA-01 Construction Equipment Characteristics (Continued)

_______________________________________________________________________________
Qty
EC
Description
______________________________________________________________________________
4
3135-02
COMPRES, WHEEL MTD, DED, 250 CFM
1
3165-02
COMPRES, WHEEL MTD, DED, 750 CFM
1
3165-11
COMPRES, WHEEL MTD, DED, 750 CFM 300 PSI
1
3630-32
HAMMER PILE, 1600 FT LBS, W/LEADS
1
3635-01
EXTRACTOR PILE, AIR, 100T LINK PULL
2
3710-11
AUGER, EARTH, TRK MTD, DED, 24 INCH X 10 FT
1
3720-02
DRILL WELL, WATER ROT/PER, 1500 FT, DED ETWD
1
3720-51
DRILL, SUPPORT ULH, DED, 6X6,FRONTV M1086
_______________________________________________________________________________
12
Subtotal
_______________________________________________________________________________
1
4310-01
DITCHING MACH, LDDR TYPE,DED, CRAWLER MTD
1
4310-02
DITCHING MACH, WHL TYPE, DED, 6 FT DEPTH
2
4350-01
EXCAVATOR, CRWLR MTD, W/BKTS, PAV BRKR
6
4420-21
GRADER, ROAD, MOTORIZED,DED,6X4,OPEN ROPS
4
4530-41
LOADER,SCOOP,FULL-TRKED, 2-1/2 CY W/ROPS
3
4531-10
LOADER,SCP,WHL,2 CY,MP,BKT,BHOE,FRKS,ROPS
3
4531-30
LOADER,SCP,WHL, 2-1/2CY, MP, BKT,
BHOE,FRKS,BOOM,ROPS
2
4615-01
ROLLER, MOTORIZED, COMPACTOR, 9 WHLD
3
4635-20
ROLLER, ROAD, VIBRATORY, 1 DRUM, FRONT, ROPS
6
4750-20
SCRAPER TRACTOR, DED,4X2,14-18 CY, ROPS
2
4830-10
TRACTOR CRAWLER, DED, 105HP, STRGHT BLD, ROPS
3
4850-12
TRACTOR CRWLR, DED, 195 HP, A-BLD, WNCH, CAB
3
4850-21
TRACTOR CRAWLER, DED 195 HP, SEMI-V BLD
1
4875-04
TRC WHL, END, 4X2, 60HP, LDR, ICY, BKT,
BHOE, EC
2
4875-10
TRK WHL, END, 4X2, 60HP, LDR, ICY, BKT,
BHOE, ROP
______________________________________________________________________________
42
Subtotal
______________________________________________________________________________
10
5110-22
FLDLT SET, TRLR MTD, DED, 5KW W/4 1KW LUM
2
5121-10
GENERATOR SLT, SKID MTD, DED, 10KW, MRP 803A
4
5121-15
GENERATOR SLT, SKID MTD, DED 15KW, MRP 004A
3
5122-30
GENERATOR SLT, SKID MTD ,DED 30KW, MRP 805A
6
5124-60
GENERATOR SLT, SKID MTD, DED 60KW, MRP 806A
1
5160-01
LUBRICATION/SERVICING CMT, SKID MTD
7
5170-71
WELDER, ARC, WHL MTD, DED, 3-- AMP, TIG
2
5210-11
PUMP, DIAPHRAGM, RECIPROCATING, DED, 100GPM
2
5220-19
PUMP, CENTRIFUGAL, SLTWTR, SKID, GED, 500 GPM
8
5220-21
PUMP, CENTRIFUGAL, TRASH, WHL, GED, 400GPM
1
5220-31
PUMP, CENTRIFUGAL, TRASH, TRLR MTD, 1000 GPM
3-7
TABLE 3-1. NMCB TA-01 Construction Equipment Characteristics (Continued)

_______________________________________________________________________________
Qty
EC
Description
______________________________________________________________________________
2
5420-01
SPRAYER, DECONTM, MIL, 50 GPM W/SHOWER, SKID
2
5710-21
SWEEPER, PERM, MAGNET, TOWED, 8 FT, SWATH
4
5900-01
SAW, RADIAL ARM, WOOD, 16 INCH BLADE, DED, GED
1
5910-11
SHOP MACHINE, MOBILE SEMITRLR MTD
______________________________________________________________________________
30
Subtotal
______________________________________________________________________________
2
8215-01
CRANE, TRUCK MTD, 2 ENG, PRT, 35T
2
8254-25
CRANE, WHL MTD, 4X4, CONTAINER HANDLING
______________________________________________________________________________
4
Subtotal
______________________________________________________________________________
263
TOTAL
______________________________________________________________________________
a.
Functions and Use of Common NMCB Construction Equipment. The
following information about the functions and uses of common construction equipment is basic
and not meant to replace the knowledge and skills gained from practical experience. It is offered
to assist planners who are not themselves equipment operators, and to supplement the information
in table 3-1 and the TOA. The following descriptions cover only that equipment listed in the
TOA for an NMCB. Planners should recognize that there may be additional (augment) equipment
available at a construction site, and that such equipment must be taken into consideration when
making job estimates.
(1)
Graders are designed for finish grade work but can be used in a variety of
grading and ditching jobs. Most motor graders are equipped with scarifier teeth for breaking up
"hard pan" and asphalt paving.
(2)
Loaders have two general classifications: track or crawler tractor mounted;
and wheel or pneumatic tire tractor mounted. The primary job of the loader is to load common
earth materials into dump trucks or other earth hauling equipment. Most NCF loaders are
equipped with a "4-in-1" bucket which can be used as a loader, scraper, dozer, or clamshell.
Loaders come with a variety of attachments, such as rear-mounted backhoe and lifting forks
interchangeable with the front-end loader bucket. The loader is a versatile piece of construction
equipment capable of digging above or below ground level, dozing, and rough grading.
(3)
Rollers are classified by the job they are intended to do, and by their
weight. They may be either self-propelled or drawn. Weight varies with make, model, and type
of roller. In order to increase compaction capabilities, vibratory rollers have been developed in
both the towed and self-propelled types. Some later model rollers have articulated-type steering.
The basic types and their purposes are as follows:
3-8
Type Roller
Purpose
______________________________________________________________________________
Sheep foot
Tamp and compact fill material
Grid
Break and crush rocks and pavement
Three wheel
Breakdown and roll subsurface
Tandem
Finish roll asphalt paving
Rubber tire
Knead action subsurface compaction
Vibratory
Deeper penetration and vibration force
______________________________________________________________________________
(4)
Scrapers have two general classifications: drawn or towed; and motorized
or self-propelled. Scrapers towed by track-laying tractors have self-loading capabilities beyond
those of motorized scrapers, but are restricted in their efficient hauling distance, ranging from
300 to 1,500 feet. The struck capacity for scrapers most frequently used by the Seabees ranges
from 14 to 18 cubic yards. Generally, scrapers are used where large volumes of material are to
be hauled in "cut and fill" operations.
(5)
Tractors have two general classifications used in earth moving: wheel or
pneumatic tire tractors; and track or crawler types. Both types are used to pull scrapers, rollers,
and other earth moving or compacting equipment, and may be fitted with a dozer blade, loader,
backhoe, and a variety of other attachments.
(6)
Cranes have three general types of land cranes, plus floating or bargemounted cranes. The three types of land cranes are: track mounted or crawler cranes; truck
mounted; and self-propelled rubber tired (single engine), sometimes called "maxi-mount."
Capacities of cranes are usually rated in two ways: safe-load lifting capacity; and cubic yards
struck bucket capacity. There is a variety of attachments that is standard with the basic crane
machine. The following is a list of crane attachments and their characteristics.
______________________________________________________________________________
Attachment
Characteristics
______________________________________________________________________________
Lattice-type Boom
Hook block for general lifting jobs.

Clamshell bucket for vertical digging below ground level; ideal for
digging manholes, charging aggregate hoppers, where vertical height and
depth is needed.
Dragline for below ground level digging of trenches or culverts; well
suited for bank sloping, with horizontal digging action as the bucket is
drawn toward the machine.
Pile driver leads.
Orange peel for handling large boulders.
Headache ball for demolition work.
Magnet.
Assorted specialized hooks and lifting devices.
3-9
______________________________________________________________________________
Attachment
Characteristics
______________________________________________________________________________
Backhoe, or Pull Shovel
Used for below ground-level digging. The digging action is similar to a dragline in
that the bucket is drawn toward the machine.
Positive digging action due to its rigid construction, which makes it ideally suited
to work in hard material. It is limited in reach, however.
Not well suited to bank sloping.
(7)
Multi-purpose excavator, sometimes referred to as a "grade all," is an allhydraulic-control machine with a pivoting telescoping arm or boom which comes with a variety
of quick change attachments for a large number of jobs. It is ideal for trenching, digging
footings, digging manholes, and bank sloping.
6.
MATERIAL WEIGHTS AND PERCENT OF SWELL. Data that pertain to the weight
and percentage of swelling of various construction materials are presented in chapter 4, table
4-18. These data are helpful to the estimator to prepare quantity estimates.
3-10
CHAPTER 4. LABOR ESTIMATES

1.
TYPES OF LABOR ESTIMATES. There are two types of labor estimates:
preliminary manpower estimates, and detailed manpower estimates.
a.
Preliminary manpower estimates are used to establish costs for budget purposes
and to project manpower requirements for succeeding projects and deployments. The estimates
are prepared from limited information: general descriptions or preliminary plans and
specifications that contain little or no detailed information; for example, on the basis of area,
length, or other suitable measurement. In some cases, a comparison may be made with similar
facilities of the same basic design, size, and type of construction. A good preliminary estimate
should vary less than 15 percent from the detailed estimate.
The NAVFAC P-437, Facilities Planning Guide, Volume 1(drawings), and Volume 2
(materials list) is an excellent source for preliminary estimates which can be used to find estimates
for a wide range of facilities and assemblies commonly constructed. The NAVFAC P-437 not
only gives the man-hours required, but also gives a breakdown of the construction effort by rating
(BU, CE, UT, and so forth), as well as construction duration estimates.
b.
Detailed manpower estimates are used to determine the manpower requirements
for the construction of a given project and the local direct labor requirements of a deployment.
Detailed estimates are prepared using the individual activity quantities taken from the activity
work sheet. Then, selecting from the appropriate table the man-hours per unit figure, and
multiplying by the quantity, the total man-hours required is obtained. When the activity estimates
are prepared in the format as discussed in chapter 2, a copy of the estimate may be used as a
manpower estimate work sheet by adding columns with the headings of Activity Quantity, ManHours/Unit, and Man-Days Required. Work sheets, whether prepared using the Activity work
sheet, or another format, should be prepared in sufficient detail to provide the degree of progress
control desired. For example, if the work sheets show the following:
Work Sheet
Description
Quantity
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Total
Man-Days
Exterior spray
painting, flat metal
6,000SF
.007mhrs/SF
5.25 mds
Exterior brush
painting, wood siding
10,000 SF
.012 mhrs/SF
15.00 mds
Exterior roller
painting, masonry
100,000 SF
.01 mhrs/SF
125.00 mds
TOTAL
116,00 SF
4-1
145.25 mds
If the control is to be exercised only on exterior painting without regard to detail, the Manpower
Estimate would show the following on the work sheet.
WORK SHEET
Description
Quantity
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Total
Man-Days
Exterior Painting
116,000 SF
0.01 mhrs/SF
145 mds
2.
CHECKLISTS. Manpower estimates should be checked against the activity estimate to
assure that no activities have been omitted. The tables included in the chapters concerned with
manpower estimates may serve as a checklist for omissions. In addition, a work element (or
activity) checklist is included as appendix A, and an equipment and tool checklist is included as
appendix B.
3.
FACTORS AFFECTING PRODUCTION. In preparing manpower estimates various
factors which affect the amount of labor required to construct a project must be weighed and
considered. These factors are: weather conditions during the construction period; the skill and
experience of the men who will perform the work; the time allotted for completion of the job;
the size of the crew to be used; the accessibility of the site; and the types of material and
equipment to be used. The following guidance is presented to aid the estimator in evaluating and
applying these factors to his estimates.
a.
Workload. The time allotted for construction of the project has a definite bearing
on the number of workers assigned to do the work. Rush jobs may require a crew to work long
hours and 7 days a week. A worker's production per hour decreases sharply under these
conditions. Sometimes it is better to increase the number of workers in a crew or work several
crafts at the same time in one location in order to complete a job quickly. When work area is
crowded, workers are likely to get into each other's way, or distract others in the area. The
results are reduction in efficiency so that more man-days are being used to accomplish the same
amount of work. The size of the crew can affect production in another way. Crews are made
up of workers with the various skills required to do a certain job and are assigned to jobs as a
crew. They vary in size. When a crew is assigned to a job which will not take quite all day,
there is tendency to slow down and make the work last out the day.
For example, electricians and utilities men have to work at the same time in the same area,
working 12-14 hour days, the efficiency factor can be as low as .30; on the other extreme, if
each craft can work independently in different areas of the project, then the efficiency factor can
be as high as .85.
b.
Site Area. The space for equipment maneuverability, storage of materials, and job
layout, have significant impact on the productivity of the crew. Site accessibility can affect labor
4-2
requirements for a project. A hard-to-reach site may cause irregular delivery of materials and
time consuming delays, which use man-hours without producing results. These factors must be
considered when estimating manpower requirements for a project. Conditions may vary, cramped
working area, no material storage, may reduce productivity to .25 -.30 efficiency. An example
of ideal working conditions, large work area, no restrictions on use or equipment
maneuverability, all materials stored at the site with easy access, will rate high .80's as
productivity efficiency in that area.
c.
Labor. The skill and experience of the workers who are assigned to the work
should be considered when deciding the man-hour range to use. The production rate of
experienced workers is better than that of a workers with little or no experience. If a crew
consists of a few experienced workers and many inexperienced workers, the experience workers
will use part of their time instructing and training the inexperienced workers. If a deployment
consists of essentially the same type of construction on all its projects, inexperienced workers will
increase their skill before the deployment is completed. Jobs performed towards the end of the
deployment, after many months of similar work are done quicker, and with less effort. For
example, a person with no training or experience will rate .25 -.30, "A" school graduate may
raise factor to .35 -.40, a 3rd class petty officer will average .50 -.65, a journeyman with long
experience at task ma rate .80 -.85 in efficiency.
The physical abilities of a person dictates how much can be accomplished in a given time
period. Someone with limited physical power to lift or with no endurance will slow down
progress of the project significantly, compared to a person with great physical power, agility and
endurance. Efficiency will vary from .25 -.30 for weak to .65 -.75 for someone who is strong.
General health will affect performance of the crew; the "flu season" will slow down even
strongest person. High sick call may rate .25 -.30 and sporadic sick call will rate .70 -.80 in
efficiency.
The morale of the crew will dictate how quickly the job will progress. Hardships in
getting to and from the job, or meals which are delayed or serve cold, extended working hours,
and poor living conditions tend to lower morale and reduce production.
d.
Supervision. The skill and experience of the crew leader has a definitive bearing
on how the crew performs. A 3rd class petty officer with little training and experience may
achieve .30 -.40 efficiency factor; a 2nd class petty officer with repetitive projects, and leadership
training will perform an average range, for the Seabees, of .60 -.70; an experienced 1st class
petty officer may have .70 -.85 efficiency rating.
e.
Job Conditions. Conditions that a worker faces on the job effects productivity.
Low quality work requirements such as rough surfaces, inexact cuts, where visibility is not
4-3
important may have a .70 -.75 efficiency rating. Median quality requirements such as temporary
construction may have an average efficiency rating. High visibility projects where highest quality
and workmanship are required may have an efficiency rating of .25 -.30. The types of material
used may slow down job progress significantly. Heavy wet clay is much more difficult to
excavate than sandy loam or sand. Bulky or heavy materials will require more time and
equipment than light, prepackaged, easy to handle materials. The efficiency factor may range
from .25 -.35 for heavy clays to .75 -.80 for pelletized tiles. Time allocated for operations will
give .30 -.40 for "short fuse" or short duration projects to .65 -.80 for projects with adequate
time. Insect annoyance has to be taken under consideration. A site with great number of
mosquitos, gnats, or other insects will have a .30 -.40 efficiency factor, where a site with no
insects may rate .65 -.80.
f.
Weather conditions. Weather conditions have an effect on the number of manhours required to do a job. Cold, damp climates, as well as hot, humid climates, reduce a
worker's daily production and affect the output of construction equipment. Although time lost
due to rain is not normally charged against a project, rain in the midst of a construction operation
slows production and sometimes causes additional work which increases the number of man-hours
required to repair damages, and to remove water from work areas before construction can
resume.
In colder climates it is usually necessary to provide heat and protection for some parts
of a project. Allowances must be made in the estimate for weather conditions either by selecting
a man-hours per unit, which will provide some labor for these possibilities, or by directly adding
man-hours to provide for them. Appendix E lists the average monthly temperature, average
monthly rainfall, and average monthly days of rain for the various Seabee deployment locations.
This table will assist in selecting a more accurate percentage for weather conditions. As an
example, a summer deployment to Guam, with temperatures in upper 80's, high humidity, and
frequent intermittent rain rates .25 -.35 in efficiency. A home port project in Port Hueneme in
late August with pleasant weather, low humidity, no rain fall, an ideal construction weather will
rate .65 -.75 in efficiency. A project on Adak during winter months will be affected significantly
by cold winds, snow and rain and miserable weather. This will slow the project to .25 -.30
efficiency rating.
g.
Equipment. The type of equipment available has considerable effect on the
amount of labor required to perform a certain task. It is, therefore, necessary for the estimator
to know what equipment will be used on a project before he can make an accurate estimate of
manpower requirements. For instance, he needs to know whether soil is to be hauled in trucks
or scrapers and the equipment size (it will take twice as many drivers and trucks if 5 cubic yard
trucks are used instead of 10 cubic yard trucks). The estimator needs to know if concrete is to
be placed by cranes and concrete buckets or with wheelbarrows, and if piles are to be driven with
a diesel hammer or a drop hammer. The conditions of the equipment will dictate how often a
piece has to go for repairs. Frequent breakdowns and maintenance requirements will have
efficiency as low as .30 -.40 for a given task to high .60 -.75 for a new piece that stays on the
job site and is always operational and requires minimal maintenance.
4-4
h. Tactics and Logistics. Location of a job site will have tremendous impact on the
progress of the project; remote location, slow supply delivery, frequent tactical delays will rate
. 25 -.35 in efficiency factor. Project near the main camp, prompt deliveries, no tactical delay
will rate .70 -.80 in efficiency factor. As an examples, a DFT project in South America, distant
from a supply point, with special ordering requirements will rate .25; a project near
CampMitchell, where there are no problems with supply and delivery will rate .65; and a home
port project in Gulfport where materials can be delivered at a moments notice will rate .75 -.80
in efficiency.
4.
PRODUCTION EFFICIENCY GUIDE CHART AND GRAPH. The chart (table 4-1)
lists eight production elements that directly affect production. Each element is subdivided into
three areas for evaluation, each of which contains two or more foreseen conditions from which
to select as applicable to the job in question. The estimator evaluates each production element
at some specific percentage between .25 and 1.00, according to the estimator's analysis of the
foreseen conditions. The average of the eight evaluations is the overall production efficiency
percentage. The percentage is then converted to a delay factor by using the graph (figure 4-1),
or by dividing the average Seabee production (67 percent) by the average of the eight production
elements. It is strongly recommended that field or project supervisors, once on site, reevaluate
the various production elements and make the necessary adjustment to man-day figures, based on
the actual conditions as found at the job site prior to the 45-day review. It is very easy to over
rate the capabilities of the crew, and other factors. This will give a higher than actual
efficiency factor which, in turn, will give less man-days than needed to complete the project.
The estimate of average Seabee production in this manual falls at 67 percent on the bottom
of the graph (figure 4-1), which in turn will be a delay factor of 1.00 on the right. A delay factor
of 0.67 represents peak production. The delay factor is used only to determine man-day
estimates. Use the formula that follows to determine a man-day estimate.
Man-Day Estimate: MD = (QTY / UNIT SIZE) x (MHRS / UNIT) / 8 x DF
MD
=
Man-Day Estimate
QTY
=
Material quantity from material take off (MTO)
UNIT SIZE =
Obtained from labor estimating tables
MHRS/UNIT =
Obtained from labor estimating tables
8
=
8 hours per one man-day
DF
=
Delay Factor obtained from production efficiency chart
a.
How to Use the Chart and Graph. Assume that from the tables in this handbook
you extract an estimate of 6 man-hours for a given unit of a work element. To adjust this figure
to the conditions evaluated on your job, assume that the average of foreseen conditions rated by
you is 87 percent. The corresponding delay factor read off figure 4-1 is 0.80 or .67 / .87 = .77.
The adjusted man-hour estimate is found by multiplying this factor by the man-hours from the
estimating tables, shown in the computation: 6MHRS x 0.80MHRS = 4.8MHRS or 6MHRS x
.77 = 4.6MHRS
4-5
TABLE 4-1. Production Efficiency Guide Chart

LOW PRODUCTION
PERCENTAGE
25
35
AVERAGE PRODUCTION
45
55
65
75
HIGH PRODUCTION
85
95
1. WORKLOAD
Construction req't high

Misc. overhead high
Construction req't avg.

Misc. overhead avg.
Construction req't low

Misc. overhead low
2. SITE AREA
Cramped work area

Poor laydown/access
Work area limited

Avg. laydown/access
Large work area

Good laydown/access
3. LABOR
Poorly trained/motivated or inexperienced
Adequately trained/motivated crew
Highly trained/motivated crew
4. SUPERVISION
Poorly trained/motivated or inexperienced
Adequately trained/motivated/experienced
Highly trained/motivated/
experienced
5. JOB CONDITION
High quality work req'd/short fuse
Avg. quality work req'd/adequate time
Rough/unfinished work req'd/well

planned
6. WEATHER
Abnormal heat, rain, cold
Moderate rain, heat, cold
Favorable rain, heat, cold
7. EQUIPMENT
Poor cond., maint., repair, application
Fair cond., maint., repair, application
Good cond., maint., repair, application
8. TACTICAL/LOGISTICAL
Slow supply, frequent tactical delays
Normal supply, few tactical delays
Good supply, no tactical delays
Table Notes: 1. The weights of the elements can be adjusted if known facts so indicate.
2. Rainfall is normally treated separately in the area of calendar day scheduling.
Predictions of lost construction days are based on geographic rainfall charts. Typhoon and
hurricane seasons can cause considerable lost time in securing job sites for alerts and warnings,
even if work areas are not directly in the path of the storm.
3. The tactical delay area of consideration should include: night travel
restrictions; mine sweeps on roads into the work area; preparation of zig-zag trenches or
individual protective measure; sabotage of equipment or materials left on the job site; and any
additional security requirements which detract from the assigned work force.
4. The continual theft of tools and materials can affect production and is very
common in some areas of the world. This condition requires abnormal controls and security,
which in turn slows production.
5. The man-hour estimates contained in this manual are based on the average
Seabee Production Efficiency which is 67 percent.
4-6
FIGURE 4-1. Production Efficiency Graph

5.
LABOR ESTIMATING TABLES. The man-hour labor estimating tables contained in
this chapter are arranged and grouped together into the 17 major divisions of work. This is the
same system used in the preparation of government construction specifications established by the
Construction Specifications Institute (CSI). The 17 major divisions of work are presented in the
following list, together with the labor estimating tables associated with that division.
SEVENTEEN MAJOR DIVISIONS OF WORK
Divisions
Tables
Divisions
Tables
1. GENERAL
4-2 through 4-5
9. FINISHES
4-102 through 4-117
2. SITEWORK
4-6 through 4-38
10. SPECIALTIES
4-118 through 4-120
3. CONCRETE
4-39 through 4-55
11. Architectural Equipment
Not used
4. MASONRY
4-56 through 4-63
12. Furnishings
Not used
5. METAL
4-64 through 4-79
13. Special Construction (ABFC )
Not used
6. CARPENTRY
4-80 through 4-93
14. Conveying System
Not used
7. MOISTURE PROTECTION
4-94 through 4-98
15.MECHANICAL
4-121 through 4-136
8. DOORS, WINDOWS, GLASS
4-99 through 4-101
16.ELECTRICAL
4-137 through 4-153
17. EXPEDITIONARY STRUCTURES
4 - 154 through 4 - 155
a.
How to Use the Labor Estimating Tables. The activities in the various labor
estimating tables are divided into units which are always ONE not measurement commonly
associated with each craft and material take-off quantities. There is only one amount of manhours effort per unit of work. This number represents normal Seabee production under average
conditions. As used here, one man-day equals eight man-hours of direct labor. Man-day figures
do not include overhead items such as dental or personnel visits, transportation to and from the
job site, or inclement weather.
4-7
No two jobs will be exactly alike and have exactly the same conditions; therefore, the estimator must
exercise some judgment about the project that is being planned. The production efficiency guide and
graph (table 4-1, figure 4-1) are provided to assist the estimator to weigh the many factors that
contribute to varying production, and eventual completion of a project. The estimator can then
translate what is known, and can predict a more accurate quantity from the average figures given on
the labor estimating tables.
b.
Efficiency Factor. There are three types of efficiency factors that impact on manpower
resources. The definitions of these three types should assist theestimator to decide when to apply each
towards the manpower availability equations.
(1)
Direct Labor Efficiency factor is used to determine how much construction type
production a battalion main body or detachment is achieving. It iseasily determined from the Situation
Report (SITREP). The overall battalion goal is 30 percent while main body averages are 20 percent.
The formula is the fraction (written as percent) of actual direct labor divided by the total strength of
the battalion. It is used where actual direct labor is the total labor charged to the project tasking, and
is accounted for by the timekeepers at each job site. The total strength includes every enlisted person
in the battalion, both Occupational Field 13 (OF-13) and non OF-13.
(2)
Production Efficiency factor is used to estimate the amount of man-days
necessary to complete a specific project. The average Seabee production is 67 percent t(able 4-1).
The efficiency is impacted by eight production elements (workload, site area, labor, supervision, job
conditions, weather, equipment, tactical and logistical) at each job site.
(3)
Availability factor (percentage) determines how much of the planned direct
labor is available. Each main body and detachment side has an historical availability factor that can
be used to determine how much manpower is available during a deployment. Such items as leave and
liberty, battalion inspections, collateral duties, all impact on how much time the direct labor planned
becomes actual. The average availability factor ranges from 60 percent to 90 percent and depends on
the deployment site. Thus, the formula is: Direct Labor Planned x Availability Factor = Direct Labor
Actual. This factor is used in the Man-Day Capability equation shown below.
Man-Day Capability:
MC =DL x AF x WD x ME
MC
Days
DL
AF
WD
Man-Day Capability, Man-Day Availability or Tasked Man-
=
=
=
ME
Planned Direct Labor

Availability Factor
Available Workdays, Total Deployment Days less Sundays,
holidays, turnover, training and off Saturdays. (Obtained from
the deployment calender.)
Man-Day Equivalent, Planned work hours per day divided by
8 hours (one man-day). Example: a 9-hour workday can be
shown 9/8 or 1.125
4-8
An example of the use of these factors to staff a detachment is shown below.

GIVEN:
Tasking (MC)
Work Days (WD)
Man-Day Equivalent (ME)
Availability Factor (AF)
= 3,000 Man-Days
= 120 days
= 1.125 or 9/8
= .80 or 80 percent
FIND: Size of Detachment necessary to achieve tasking.

SOLUTION:
Note:
MC
3000
3000
3000
108
DL
= DL x AF x WD x ME
= DL x .80 x 120 x 1.125
= DL x 108
= DL x 108
108
= 28 Seabees
The planned direct labor is 28 Seabees. Actual direct labor equals 28 x .8 or

22.4 Seabees. This means that 22.4 Saebees will be on the job at any given
time.
If the Detachment received 10 Seabees for overhead or indirect labor, such as Admin Personnel,
Central Tool Room (CTR), Material Liaison Office (MLO), Construction Mechanics (CM), etc., the
total strength becomes 28 + 10 = 38 Seabees. The percent of actual direct labor for the Detachment
would be 22.4/38 = 58.9 or 59 percent.
This same formula can be used by the crewleader (estimator) to determine duration or crew size for
a given activity by making the following substitution in the basic equation:
MC
DL
WD
=
=
=
MD (Man-Day Estimates)
CS (Crew Size)
DUR (Duration)
MD
CS x AF x DUR x ME
Solving for Duration the equation becomes:

DUR =
MD /(CS x AF x ME)
Solving for Crew Size the equation becomes:
CS
=
MD/(DUR x AF x ME)
4-9
This page is blank
4-10
DIVISION 1. GENERAL
Page
A.
PLANT OPERATION
Table 4-2
Asphalt Plant Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Table 4-3
Rock Crushing Plant Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
B.
GENERAL SUPPORT ITEMS

Table 4-4
Scaffolding, Runways, and Ramps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Table 4-5
Temporary Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
4-11
This page is blank
4-12
TABLE 4-2. Asphalt Plant Operation

Work Element Description
Unit
Man-Hours Per Unit
Setup and Dismantle Plant
Each
120 (1155)
Operation of Asphalt Plant
TN
0.08 (1156)
TN / MI
0.048 (1157)
Haul Asphalt to Job
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE:

Setup and Dismantle Plant: five EOs, one CE, one SW, one CM
Asphalt Plant Operation: five EOs
Hauling Asphalt to Job Site: EOs required depend on scop of job
Maintenance (support): one CE, one CM, two EOs
(one plant operator, one ground man, one loader operator)
NOTES:
1. Figures are based on drum mix plant, 70 ton per hour.

2. Site preparation and concrete curing time not included in table.
TABLE 4-3. Rock Crushing Plant Operation

Unit
Man-Hours Per Unit
Setup and Dismantle
Each
320 (1158)
Operate Crushing Plant
CD
0.16 (1159)
Stockpile Crushed Material
CD
0.0 24 (1160)
Haul Crushed Material to Job
CD
0.048 (1161)

Setup and Dismantle Plant: seven EOs, one SW, one CE, one CM
Operate Crushing Plant: two EOs
Stockpile Crushed Material: four EOs
Maintenance (support): one SW, one CE, one CM
NOTE:
1. The production figure is based upon 75 TPH plant operating at 50 percent of rated capacity crushing
granite at 3,000 LB per cubic yard. For plants of other sizes use 50 percent of rated capacity and the
size of your crew for calculations.
2. Production figures may have to be adjusted in accordance with the type of material being processed,
and with other varying circumstances. For example: Coral weights (approximately 2,000 LB per loose
cubic yard.
4-13
TABLE 4-4. Scaffolding, Runways, and Ramps

Unit
Man-Hours Per Unit
Erect and Dismantle Tubular

Scaffold (including Planks and
Leveling)
SF of Wall Surface
0.04 (1164)
Construct Runways and Ramps
SF
0.064 (1162)
Place and Remove (runways

and ramps)
FT
0.16 (1163)

Scaffolding Erection: three to four BUs, increase crew size for multiple tiers.
NOTE:
1. The first tier requires more time due to leveling and alignment procedures.
TABLE 4-5. Temporary Construction

Unit
Man-Hours Per Unit
Barricades (Wood Frame and

Plywood) Fabricate and Erect
4' High, 8' High
FT (4' High)
FT (8' High)
0.64 (1165)
0.75 (1166)
FT
0.5 (1167)
Rubbish chute Prefabricated 36

Inches Diameter

Two to four non-skilled
NOTE:
1. For temporary roads and fencing refer to Division 2; for temporary water service refer to Division
15; for temporary lighting and electrical service refer to Division 16.
4-14
DIVISION 2. SITE WORK

Page
A.
CLEARING
Table 4-6
Acreage and Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Table 4-7
Clearing, Stripping, and Grubbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Table 4-8
Demolition and Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
B.
EXCAVATION
Table 4-9
General Excavation Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Table 4-10
Front End Loaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Table 4-11
Bulldozer Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Table 4-12
Clamshell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Table 4-13
Draglines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
C.
TRENCHING
Table 4-14
Trench Excavation Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Table 4-15
Power Excavators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Table 4-16
Trencher/Ditchers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Table 4-17
Sheeting and Shoring Excavations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
D.
EARTHMOVING
Table 4-18
Material Weights and Swell Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Table 4-19
Dump Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Table 4-20
Wheel Tractor Scrapers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Continued next page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-15
DIVISION 2. SITE WORK (Continued)
Page
E.
GRADING
Table 4-21
F.
COMPACTION
Table 4-22
Compaction Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Table 4-23
Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
G.
ASPHALT
Table 4-24
Table 4-25
H.
BLASTING AND QUARRING

Table 4-26
Rock Drilling and Blasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
I.
HAND SITE WORK

Table 4-27
Hand Excavation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
J.
MISCELLANEOUS SITE WORK

Table 4-28
Erosion Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Table 4-29
Landscaping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Table 4-30
Fencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Table 4-31
Concrete Culvert Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Table 4-32
Galvanized Culvert Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
K.
WATERFRONT CONSTRUCTION
Table 4-33
Piledriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Table 4-34
Miscellaneous Pier Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Table 4-35
Wood Pile Dolphins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Table 4-36
Pier Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Table 4-37
Pile Bracing and Capping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Table 4-38
Pile Extraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Graders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Seal Coats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Bituminous Paving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
4-16
TABLE 4-6. Acreage and Areas

Square Tracts of Land
Acres
1/10
1/8
1/6
1/4
1/3
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
5
Length of One Side of Square

Track, FT.
Area SF
66.0
73.8
85.2
104.4
120.5
147.6
180.8
208.7
255.6
295.2
330.0
361.5
466.7
4,356
5,445
7,260
10,890
14,520
21,780
32,670
43,560
63,340
87,120
108,900
130,680
217,800
4-17
TABLE 4-7. Clearing Striping and Grubbing

Unit Per
Hour
Bulldozer
Size Medium
Bulldozer
Size Large
Light Clearing: Vegetation, Brush, Saplings
SY
0.0012 (1201)
0.0006 (1202)
Moderate Clearing: Vegetation, Thick Brush,

Saplings
SY
0.0024 (1203)
0.0021 (1204)
Stripping Top Soil: Pile on Site
CD
0.0526 (1205)
0.027 (1206)
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Trees w/stumps 6 - 12" dia. Fell and Cut for Loading
EA
4.00 (1207)
Trees w/stumps 13-18" dia. Fell and Cut for Loading
EA
12.00 (1208)
Trees w/stumps 19-24" dia. Fell and Cut for Loading
EA
18.00 (1209)
Stump Removal w/Bulldozer
EA
1.6 (1210)
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
SY
SY
0.003 (1211)
0.012 (1212)
Stake Out Clearing Limits

(Roads/Runways)
FT
0.005 (1213)
Layout Baseline with Offset Hubs at 100-Foot Intervals

(level area)
(hilly area)
FT
FT
0.0051 (1214)
0.0078 (1215)
Set Blue Top at 25-FT Interval
FT
0.0091 (1216)
Layout Bounds (Building)
EA
4.5 (1217)
Layout and Grade Pipe/Culvert
EA
4.5 (1218)

Survey, Topographical (level area)
(hilly area)

Two to three EOs
Two to four non-skilled
4-18
TABLE 4-8. Demolition and Removal

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Concrete Foundations
Concrete Walls
Concrete Slabs on Grade. No Reinforcing
Concrete Slabs on Grade w/Wire Mesh Reinforcing
Concrete Slabs on Grade w/Rebar and Mesh Reinforcing
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
5.0 (1068)
6.0 (1069)
4.0 (1070)
4.0 (1071)
6.0 (1072)
Ceilings, Sheetrock
Ceilings, Suspended Acoustic
SF
SF
0.024 (1073)
0.024 (1074)
Doors and Frames, 3' x 7' Wood

Doors and Frames, 3' x 7' Steel
Each
Each
2.0 (1075)
2.0 (1076)
Flooring, Ceramic or Quarry Tile

Flooring, Resilient Tile
Flooring, Wood Floor Finish
Flooring, Wood Subfloor
SF
SF
SF
SF
0.05 (1077)
0.03 (1078)
0.06 (1079)
0.03 (1080)
Framing, Steel
Framing, Wood
Ton
BF
6.8 (1081)
0.016 (1082)
Wallboard, Gypsum
Wallboard, Plywood
SF
SF
0.03 (1083)
0.03 (1084)
Roofing, Corrugated
Roofing, Buildup 5 Ply
SF
SF
0.03 (1085)
0.03 (1086)
Windows, Metal
Windows, Wood
SF
SF
0.096 (1087)
0.1 (1088)
Asphaltic Concrete
SY
0.053 (1089)
Rubbish disposal up to 5 miles
CD
1.5 (1090)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Minimum crew sizes for various operations will be dictated by safety
and weight, or bulk of materials handled.
NOTE:
1. Work includes removal of item and stacking or piling on site for removal at ground level.
2. Second floor or upper story work includes dumping into rubbish chutes.
3. Concrete demolition is figured on using pneumatic tools with average crew of two tool operators and
three to five laborers.
4. No allowance for salvage of materials (cleaning, pulling nails) is included in this table.
4-19
TABLE 4-9. General Excavation Factors

Depth in Inches
or Feet
CD to be Removed
per SF of Area
Depth in Feet
CD to be Removed
per SF of Area
2.0 IN
4.0 IN
6.0 IN.
8.0 IN
10.0 IN
1.0 FT
1.5 FT
2.0 FT
2.5 FT
3.0 FT
3.5 FT
4.0 FT
0.006
0.012
0.018
0.025
0.031
0.037
0.056
0.074
0.093
0.111
0.130
0.148
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
0.167
0.185
0.204
0.222
0.241
0.259
0.278
0.296
0.314
0.332
0.350
0.369
NOTES:
1. Example: Assume that excavation is 24' x 30' and 6' deep (24 x 30 = 720).
In the table, the 6 FT depth has a factor of 0.222 (the number of CD in an excavation 1SF and 6 FT
deep). Therefore: 720 x 0.222 = 159.84 CD.
TABLE 4-10. Front End Loaders Production

Excavation From Pit to Truck/Pile, Hours per Lose Cubic Yard
Bucket Size
Haul Distance (Feet)
CD
50'
100'
150'
200'
1.25
0.0256 (1221)
0.0357 (1222)
0.0476 (1223)
0.0588 (1224)
2.5
0.0081 (1225)
0.0109 (1226)
0.0133 (1227)
0.0161 (1228)
4.0
0.0047 (1229)
0.0062 (1230)
0.0075 (1231)
0.0091 (1232)
NOTES:
1. Figures are in loose CD. Use table 4-18 to find the amount of bank CD (in place) removed.
Example: 2-1/2 CD loader at 50' haul = 1/0.0081=124 loose CD in one hour. 124 CD x
swell factor for earth, loam, dry = 124 x .81 = 100 bank CD in one hour.
4-20
TABLE 4-11. Bulldozer Production

Loose Cubic Yardage Production
Hours Per Loose Cubic Yard Based on 50-Minute Hour
Haul Distance
Dozer Size
50 FT
100 FT
150 FT
200 FT
300 FT
400 FT
0.0023
(1252)
0.0035
(1253)
0.0048
(1254)
0.0059
(1255)
0.008
(1256)
0.0105
(1257)
Medium
(D-7/FD20)
0.0027
(1258)
0.0049
(1259)
0.0065
(1260)
0.01
(1261)
0.0135
(1262)
0.0182
(1263)
Small
(D-5/150)
0.0095
(1264)
0.0154
(1265)
0.0217
(1266)
0.0294
(1267)
0.0455
(1268)
----
Large
(D-8)
NOTES:
1. Figures are in loose CD. Use table 4-18 to find the amount of bank CD (in place).
2. Production is based on "slot dozing." If work is done without slots, use .75 multiplier
TABLE 4-12. Clamshell Production

Clamshell Production - 90 Degree Swing
Hour Per Loose Cubic Yard (50-Minute Hour)
Type of Work
0.75 CD
1.50 CD
2.50 CD
Loose Sand/Gravel
0.025 (1272)
0.0143 (1273)
0.0095 (1274)
Pit Excavation
0.0294 (1275)
0.0167 (1276)
0.0111 (1277)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two EOs minimum

NOTE:
1. Figures are based on loose CD. Use table 4-18 to find the amount of bank CD (in-place).
2. Boom swing is for 90 degrees.
4-21
TABLE 4-13. Draglines Production

Dragline Production - 90 Degree Swing
Hour per Bank Cubic Yard (50-Minute Hour)
Class of material
Bucket Size
Optimum
Digging Depths
Sand/Gravel
Common Earth
Dense Clay
0.75 CD
6 . 00 FT
0.0143 (1282)
0.0147 (1285)
0.02 (1288)
1.50 CD
7 . 33 FT
0.0086 (1283)
0.0095 (1286)
0.0112 (1289)
2.50 CD
8 . 50 FT
0.0061 (1284)
0.00687 (1287)
0.0079 (1290)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two EOs minimum.

NOTE:
1. Figures are in bank CD. Use table 4-18 to find loose CD.
TABLE 4-14. Trench Excavation Factors

Trench Width (inches)
Trench Depth
(Inches)
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
Content of Trench, CD, per foot of length

6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
0.019
0.037
0.056
0.074
0.093
0.111
0.130
0.148
0.167
0.186
0.028
0.560
0.083
0.111
0.138
0.166
0.194
0.222
0.250
0.278
0.037
0.074
0.111
0.148
0.185
0.222
0.259
0.296
0.333
0.370
4-22
0.046
0.093
0.139
0.185
0.232
0.278
0.324
0.370
0.416
0.463
0.056
0.111
0.167
0.222
0.278
0.333
0.389
0.445
0.500
0.555
0.066
0.130
0.194
0.260
0.324
0.389
0.454
0.520
0.584
0.649
0.074
0.148
0.223
0.296
0.370
0.445
0.520
0.592
0.667
0.741
TABLE 4-15. Power Excavators Production

Power Excavators Production
Hour per Bank Cubic Yard (50-Minute Hour)
Equipment Type
Bucket Size
Hour/Bank CD
3/8 CD
CD
0.1 (1302)
0.0769 (1303)
30" w/ CD
48" w/ 1 CD
0.0588 (1304)
0.0294 (1305)
3/4 CD
1 CD
1-1/2 CD
0.025 (1306)
0.0182 (1307)
0.0139 (1308)
Tractor Mtd. Backhoes
Gradalls
Excavator Hyd. Hoes
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two EOs

NOTE:
1. Figures are in bank CD. Use table 4-18 for loose CD.
TABLE 4-16. Trencher/Ditchers Production

Trencher Production
Hour per Bank Cubic Yard
Equipment Type and Size
Width (Inches)
Hour/Bank Cubic Yard
Ladder Type
Ladder Type
6
24
0.0833 (1322)
0.01 (1323)
Wheel Type
Wheel Type
12
24
0.0125 (1324)
0.0047 (1325)
NOTE:
1. Use table 4-18 to figure loose CD.
4-23
TABLE 4-17. Sheeting and Shoring Excavations

Installation and Removal of
Solid 2-inch Sheeting for
Trenches 5 FT to 10 FT Deep
and 42 IN to 12 FT Wide.
Unit
Man-Hours per Unit
SF of Bank Surface
0.16
(1332)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Four EOs. Two cribbing and two helpers.
NOTES:
1. Work for typical unstable soil includes: Solid sheeting. 4" x 6" stringers. 4' C to C hangers. Cleats
and 4" x 6" cross bracing spaced 7' C to C.
2. Design of shoring and sheeting will vary with soil conditions, width and depth of trench, etc.
3. Installation should be in accordance with the National Safety Council Industrial Data Sheets No. 254
(Trench Excavation) and No. 482 (General Excavation), or designed by a competent engineer.
4-24
TABLE 4-18. Material Weights and Swell Factors

Material
# per CD
(Loose)
# per CD
(In Place)
% of Swell
Swell Factor
Cement, Portland
2450
2950
20
.83
Clay, Natural Red

Clay and Gravel, Dry
Clay and Gravel, Wet
2700
2300
2600
3500
3100
3500
30
34
34
.77
.74
.72
Concrete
Concrete, Wet Mix
2650
3600
3700
3600
40
40
.72
.72
Earth, Loam, Dry

Earth, Loam, Wet
2300
2750
2850
3400
25
24
.81
.81
Granite
2800
4560
65
.60
Gravel, 1/4 to 2 IN, Dry

Gravel, 1/4 to 2 IN, Wet
2850
3200
3200
3600
12
13
.89
.89
Laterite
3900
5200
33
.75
Limestone, Blasted
Limestone, Crushed
Limestone, Marble
2500
2700
2700
4250
4500
4500
69
67
69
.59
.60
.59
Mud, Dry
Mud, Wet
2100
2650
2550
3200
21
21
.82
.83
Sand, Dry
Sand, Wet
2750
3150
3100
3600
13
14
.89
.88
Sandstone, Shot
2700
4250
58
.64
Shale, Riprap
2100
2800
33
.75
Slate
3600
4700
30
.77
Coral, Class #2, Soft

Coral, Class #1, Hard
2030
2440
2900
4075
67
.60
NOTES:
1. Percent of Swell times the bank (in place) CD equals the loose cubic yards to be moved.
2. Swell Factor times the loose cubic yards equals bank cubic yards being moved.
3. Compaction Factor times the volume of the fill equals the loose material required for compacted
fill.
4-25
TABLE 4-19. Dump Trucks Production

Dump Truck Production Hourper Loose Cubic Yards
Average Haul Distance One Way
Average
Speed
1 MI
2 MI
3 MI
4 MI
5 MI
10 MPH
15 MPH
20 MPH
30 MPH
0.0877 (1342)
0.068 (1343)
0.0595 (1344)
0.0505 (1345)
0.1429 (1346)
0.1064 (1347)
0.087 (1348)
0.069 (1349)
0.2 (1350)
0.1429 (1351)
0.1149 (1352)
0.087 (1353)
0.25 (1354)
0.1786 (1355)
0.1429 (1356)
0.1053 (1357)
0.303 (1358)
0.2174 (1359)
0.1695 (1360)
0.125 (1361)
NOTES:
1. All figures are in loose CD for 5-ton military dump trucks.

2. For 15-ton civilian trucks use 2 multiplier.
3. 2.5 CD F.E.L. required to load 5-ton trucks. 4 CD F.E.L. for 15-ton trucks.
4. Table based on loading time of 4 min. and a dumping time of 3 min.
TABLE 4-20. Wheel Tractor Scrapers Production

Wheel Tractor Scraper Production Hourper Loose Cubic Yard
One Way Haul Distance (FT)
Scraper Size
1000
14-18 LCD
21-31 LCD
NOTES:
0.0082 (1372)
0.0038 (1377)
2000
3000
0.0116 (1373)
0.0061 (1378)
0.0159 (1374)
0.0083 (1379)
4000
0.02 (1375)
0.0105 (1380)
1. All figures in loose CD.

2. Estimates figures on required size crawler tractor push loading.
4-26
5000
0.0233 (1376)
0.0123 (1381)
TABLE 4-21. Motor Grader Production

Motor Grader Production,Hour per Bank Cubic Yard (BCD)
Type of Operation
Hour per Bank Cubic Yard
Cut "V" Ditch, Easy Soil

Cut "V" Ditch, Medium Soil
Cut "V" Ditch, Hard Soil
Trim and Spread Material
0.006 (1392)
0.01 (1393)
0.0175 (1394)
0.0133 (1395)
Motor Grader Grading Production, Hour per Square Foot

Type of Operation
Hour per Square Foot
Shape Banks and Slopes

Rough Grade
Fine Grade (Blue Top)
0.0013 (1396)
0.0004 (1397)
0.0017 (1398)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: For fine grading, one EO, one grade checker.
NOTES:
1. All figures are in bank CD.

2. For small areas that require directional changes and maneuvering, use 2.0 multiplier.
TABLE 4-22. Compaction Factors

Material (Compacted)
Multiplier
Sand
Loam
Clay
Rock (blasted)
Coral
NOTE:
1.17
1.39
1.59
1.15
1.15
1. Cubic volume in place times the multiplier equals the cubic yards of loose material to be moved.
4-27
TABLE 4-23. Rollers (Hourly Production)

Roller Production: Hourper Compacted Cubic Yard (CCD/HR)
Type of Roller
Speed Lift in
in MPH Inches
Number of Passes
3
Towed Grid
0.0018 (1402) 0.0025 (1403) 0.0031 (1404) 0.0037 (1405)
Vibratory
0.0034 (1406) 0.0046 (1407) 0.0057 (1408) 0.0069 (1409)
Smooth Steel Drums
1.5
0.0093 (1410) 0.0122 (1411) 0.0154 (1412) 0.0185 (1413)
Multi-Tired Pneumatic
0.0079 (1414) 0.0105 (1415) 0.0132 (1416) 0.0156 (1417)
High Speed Tamping Foot
0.0011 (1418) 0.0015 (1419) 0.0019 (1420) 0.0023 (1421)
NOTES:
1. All figures are in HR /compacted CD

2. Use table 4-18 to estimate loose CD of fill requirements.
3. For small areas that require more directional changes and maneuvering, use .5 multiplier
4. The number of machine passes required is dependent on soil type, moisture content, desired density,
and machine compactive effort.
5. The number of passes can only be determined by testing the density of the compacted material on
site.
TABLE 4-24. Seal Coats

Load Distributor Trk. from Drums
Load Distributor Trk. from Tank
Heat
Hand Spray from Distributor Trk.
Apply Print, Tack, Seal Coat 12 FT Bar
Sweep Base with Tractor Mtd.
Spread Aggregate with 8-FT wide Spreader Box
NOTES:
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
GL
GL
GL
GL
GL
SY
SY
0.009 (1123)
0.003 (1124)
0.004 (1125)
0.003 (1126)
0.001 (1127)
0.001 (1128)
0.001 (1129)
Loading distributor, three EOs for drums, two EOs for tank
Heating asphalt, two EOs
Hand spraying asphalt, three EOs
12-FT spray bar, two EOs
Spread aggregate, two EOs
1. Drum loading is figured on top loading using a crane or forklift to raise drums.
2. Dump truck and man-hours are not included in estimate for spreading aggregate, see table 4-19.
4-28
TABLE 4-25. Bituminous Paving

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Asphalt Walks/Hand Spread:

Form Work
Spread Asphalt
Hand Compact/Roll
FT
SF
SF
0.04 (1130)
0.025 (1131)
0.008 (1132)
Asphalt Paver:
Paving with Asphalt Finisher
TN
0.09 (1133)
Mix in place 2-inch thick with grader
SY
0.002 (1134)
Intermediate Roll
SY
0.002 (1135)
Finish Roll
SY
0.003 (1136)
NOTE:
Asphalt paver. One operator, one screed man, and four

laborers with hand tools
Hand spread, 4-12 men. Spreading, leveling, forming, 2-3
men.
1. Asphalt paving figures based on actual laydown time on straight course. When parking lots or short
courses are to be laid, double the estimate.
TABLE 4-26. Rock Drilling and Blasting

Drill Holes:
Sinker Drill
Sinker Drill
Air Trac
Air Trac
2.5" dia. med.

2.5" dia. hard
2.5" dia. med.
2.5" dia. hard
Load and Shoot Holes
NOTES:
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.2 (1137)
0.3 (1138)
0.09 (1139)
0.14 (1140)
EA
0.5 (1141)
Sinker Drill (Jack Hammer) one man per drill.

Air Trac Driffer Drill two EOs per drill.
Load/Shoot 4-20 men.
1. Times may vary depending on type of rock, equipment and/or explosives.

2. Figures for blasting are for stick dynamite.
4-29
TABLE 4-27. Hand Excavation

General Excavation of Earth
Trenches to 5' in Earth
Post Holes. Small 3' deep
Fill Wheelbarrel, Georgia Buggys, and Haul
Spread Excess Earth
Trim and Fine Grade
Hand Compact w/Pneumatic
Hand Compact w/Vibratory
NOTE:
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
CD
CD
FT
CD
CD
SF
CD
CD
2.7 (1142)
2.2 (1143)
0.5 (1144)
1.9 (1145)
0.9 (1146)
0.019 (1147)
0.8 (1148)
0.2 (1149)
1. When wheeling over 100 FT, use 1.25 multiplier for each additional 40 FT
TABLE 4-28. Erosion Control

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Place Jute Mesh, Plastic Netting,

or Polyropylene Membrane
SY
0.0143 (1150)
Machine Place RIPRAP Class "C" Material
CD
0.012 (1151)
SY
1.6 (1152)
Hand Fill Voids in RIPRAP
NOTE:
Place membrane/mesh 4-80 men.

Place RIPRAP: two EOs for crane, using tongs/clamshell,
with two men on tag lines placing rock.
1. Placing RIPRAP should entail 120 man-hours if interlocked.
4-30
TABLE 4-29. Landscape

Unit
Spread Topsoil with Machine

Top Dress by Hand (Rake and Clean)
Seed and Fertilize by Hand
Hydro-Mulch
Plant Shrubs, 1 Gallon Size
NOTE:
CD
SY
SY
SY
EA
Man-Hours
Per Unit
0.22 (1000)
0.079 (1001)
0.105 (1002)
0.013 (1003)
0.5 (1004)
Spreading topsoil with equipment, one to two EOs.

Top dress by hand, 1-20 men with hand tools.
Seed and fertilize by hand, two to six men with hand tools.
Hydro-Mulch, three EOs.
Plant shrubs, one to six men with hand tools.
1. Hydro-Mulch figure based on 1,000-gallon capacity machine and includes charging time.
TABLE 4-30. Fencing

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Install Wood Fence 4' High
SF
0.054 (1005)
Install Metal Fence 5' High Chainlink

Install Metal Fence 8' High Chanlink
FT
FT
0.219 (1006)
0.244 (1007)
Hang Gates
Leaf

NOTES:
8.0 (1008)
Digging Operations, one EO, auger truck

Fencing Operations, four to six laborers
1. Fence installation includes: Digging Holes; Unloading and distributing materials; Setting,
plumbing, aligning, and concreting posts; Installing braces: Stretching and fastening fence fabric;
Installing caps or brackets on posts; and Stringing lone and barbed wire.
2. Hanging gates includes installation of hardware.
4-31
TABLE 4-31. Concrete Culvert Pipe Installation

Install Concrete Pipe
3 FT
4 FT
5 FT
5 FT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Man-Hours
Per Unit
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.48 (1009)
0.64 (1010)
0.88 (1011)
1.12 (1012)
Laying Lengths
15"' to 18 " I.D.

18 " to 24" I.D.
30 " to 48 " I.D.
48 " to 72 " I.D.
NOTES:
Unit
Crane Operations: one EO. Cherry Picker; one EO

signalman. Installing Operations: three to seven laborers,
depending on pipe size.
Work includes handling, placing, caulking, grouting and bedding pipe.

Adjust man-hour figures for laying lengths, other than indicated in table.
If gasket of spediseal-type joints are used, use 0.8 multiplier
For headways, drop inlets, catch basins, and other drainage structures. Refer to Division 3.
For excavation and backfill, refer to tables 4-11 and 4-16.
For sheeting and shoring of banks of excavations, refer to table 4-18.
TABLE 4-32. Galvanized Culvert Installation

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Install Galvanized Pipe Culverts

12 " to 24 "
26 " to 45 "
48 " to 72 "
FT
FT
FT
0.32 (1013)
0.5 (1014)
0.72 (1015)
Install Galvanized Culvert (Bolted)

12 " to 24 "
26 " to 45 "
48 " to 72"
FT
FT
FT
0.48 (1016)
0.65 (1017)
0.88 (1018)

NOTES:
Three to seven laborers, depending on size of culvert to be

installed.
1. Installation of galvanized culvert includes unloading, fine grading, placing, caulking, and installing
joint clamps.
2. Installation of galvanized culvert (bolted) includes bolting together of sections, unloading, fine
grading, and placement.
3. Man-Hour estimates for galvanized culvert (bolted) are based on sections being bolted into desired
lengths in a prefabrication yard.
4. When installing culverts over 48 " in diameter, it is recommended that cross bridging be used to
prevent culverts from being bent or twisted during hauling or installation. Cross bridging can easily be
removed upon completion of backfilling and compaction.
4-32
TABLE 4-33. Piledriving

Unit
Man-Hours Per
Unit
25 FT Wood Piling
50 FT Wood Piling
75 FT Wood Piling
Each
Each
Each
3.0 (1019)
6.5 (1020)
9.6 (1021)
25 FT Steel Piling
50 FT Steel Piling
75 FT Steel Piling
Each
Each
Each
4.0 (1022)
7.2 (1023)
12.0 (1024)
40 FT Precast Concrete Piling

Each
Each
Each
13.2 (1025)
18.0 (1026)
24.0 (1027)
SF
0.102 (1028)
Assemble and Rig Leads and Hammer
Each
48.0 (1029)
Dismantle Leads and Hammer
Each
32.0 (1030)
Steel Sheet Piling

NOTES:
Two EOs, two EAs, six to ten BUs.
1. Man-Hour figures are preliminary estimate only. The many variables of this work require on-site
determinations for accurate estimates.
2. Factors of importance are: Design, soil, equipment and method used, tides, access to site, currents,
materials storage, etc.
3. Work included is preparation of pile, placing in leads, driving and cut off.
4. For concrete filled, fluted hollow steel piling and pipe piling for spudding pontoon small craft finger
piers, use the steel bearing pile figures.
TABLE 4-34. Miscellaneous Pier Hardware

Bits
Bollards
Chocks
Cleats
Padeyes
Two EOs, two Bus
4-33
Unit
Man-Hours Per
Unit
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
13.0 (1031)
16.0 (1032)
13.0 (1033)
11.0 (1034)
2.5 (1035)
TABLE 4-35. Wood Pile Dolphins

Place in Leads and Drive
Lash with Wire Rope
Install Fenders
Fender Pile

NOTE:
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Each
Each
Each
Each
0.80 (1036)
0.75 (1037)
0.60 (1038)
0.75 (1039)
Two EOs, two EAs, Six to eight BUs.
1. Based on 50 FT piles.
TABLE 4-36. Pier Framing

Stringers
Bridging
Decking (4" thick)
Wearing Surface (2" thick)
Bull Rail
Bumpers
For Quick Estimates:
Pier Framing Complete (less Piles, Capping, Bracing)
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
BF
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.024 (1040)
0.144 (1041)
0.056 (1042)
0.032 (1043)
0.32 (1044)
0.288 (1045)
SF
0.176 (1046)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two EOs, six to ten BUs.

NOTE:
1. Estimates include precutting, bolting, or drifting members in place.
TABLE 4-37. Pile Bracing and Capping

Diagonal Bracing
Horizontal Bracing
Wood Caps
Concrete Caps
Steel Caps
SUGGEST CREW SIZE:

NOTE:
Four to eight Bus.
1. Based on bolting or drifting members in place.
4-34
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
EA
EA
FT
FT
FT
6.5 (1047)
4.0 (1048)
0.48 (1049)
3.2 (1050)
0.48 (1051)
TABLE 4-38. Pile Extraction

Wood Bearing Piles
Wood Sheet Piling
Steel Sheet Piling
Piles Cut Off Below Water Line
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two EOs, two to four BUs.

NOTE:
1. Based on using pile extractor.
4-35
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
EA
SF
SF
EA
2.0 (1052)
0.024 (1053)
0.028 (1054)
2.5 (1055)
This page is blank
4-36
DIVISION 3. CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
Page
A.
FORM WORK
Table 4-39
B.
REINFORCING STEEL
Table 4-40
Reinforcing Steel Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Table 4-41
Numbers, Sizes, Areas, and Weights of Bars . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Table 4-42
Placing Reinforcing Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
C.
MIXING CONCRETE
Table 4-43
Mixing Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
D.
PLACING AND FINISHING

Table 4-44
Placing Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Table 4-45
Finishing and Curing Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
E.
MISCELLANEOUS AND IMBEDDED ITEMS

Table 4-46
Miscellaneous and Imbeded Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Table 4-47
Concrete Requirements for Footings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Table 4-48
Volume Factors of Various Mixes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Table 4-49
Materials for 100 SF of Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Table 4-50
Concrete Requirements for Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Table 4-51
Concrete Requirements for Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Table 4-52
How to Change Cubic Feet to Cubic Yard . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Table 4-53
Concrete Compressive Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Table 4-54
Conversion and Waste Factors: Concrete Construction . . . . 4-49
Table 4-55
Material Weights and Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Form Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
4-37
This page is blank
4-38
TABLE 4-39. Form Work

Unit
Man-Hours Per Unit

Fabricate
Erect
Strip
Repair
Footing, Foundation Walls,

and Grade Beams
SFCS 0.09 (2001) 0.07 (2002) 0.04 (2003) 0.04 (2004)
Slabs on Grade and Screed

(up to 8" thick including edge form)
SFCS
-----------------0.13 Complete---------------(2005)
Thicken Edge and Slabs Greater Than 8" Thick. Use Grade Beam Estimate.
Walls to 10FT High
SFCS 0.08 (2007) 0.07 (2008) 0.05 (2009) 0.05 (2010)
Columns and Piers
SFCS 0.09 (2011) 0.1(2012) 0.05 (2013) 0.05 (2014)
Suspended Slabs
SFCS 0.08 (2015) 0.12 (2016) 0.04 (2017) 0.05 (2018)
Beams and Girders
SFCS 0.11 (2019) 0.1 (2020) 0.05 (2021) 0.05 (2022)
Stairs
SFCS

NOTES:
----------------- 0.55 (2023) Complete----------------
Forming/Stripping, five BUs

Forming/Stripping (Gang forms), five BUS, two EOs
1. Concrete forming estimates are based on using form accessories, form ties, and steel column
clamps.
2. Suspended slabs, beam, and girders are figures using 4" x 4" shores and wooden wedges. For
adjustable shores, use .9 multiplier
3. When forming and stripping are combined, stripping and cleaning forms will be approximately 17
percent of total labor.
4. On multiple use jobs allow three man-hours for form repair per 100 SF of contact surface after four
uses.
5. Gang forming usually requires a crane, an operator, and a signalman.
6. Forming walls over 10 FT high, and other high work will increase erection time, to compensate
use 1.1 - 1.5 multiplier depending on job complexity.
4-39
TABLE 4-40. Reinforcing Steel Fabrication

Man-Hours Required for Making 1 Bend or Hook
By Hand
Size of Bar
(inches)
By Machine
Hours/ Bend
Hours/ Hook
Hours/ Bend
Hours/ Hook
or less
0.04 (2024)
0.06 (2025)
0.015 (2026)
0.025 (2027)
5/8, 3/4, 7/8
0.05 (2028)
0.02 (2030)
0.02 (2029)
0.03 (2031)
1 and 1-1/8
0.06 (2032)
0.1 (2033)
0.025 (2034)
0.04 (2035)
1-1/4 and 1-1/2
0.07 (2036)
0.12 (2037)
0.03 (2038)
0.05 (2039)

NOTE:
Two to eight SWs, depending on amount of reinforcing

steel to be cut and/or bent.
1. Reinforcing steel fabrication includes cutting, banding, tagging. Assembly and tying into mats and
beams in the shop are also included.
TABLE 4-41. Numbers, Sizes, Areas, and Weights of Bars

Bar
Number
Size
(Dia. IN)
Area
(Sq. IN)
Weight
(LB Per FT)
Waste
(Percent)
2*
3
4
5
6
7
8
9+
10+
11+
14
18
1/4
3/8
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-3/4
2-1/4
0.049
0.110
0.196
0.307
0.442
0.601
0.785
1.000
1.2656
2.405
3.976
0.167
0.376
0.668
1.043
1.502
2.044
2.670
3.4
4.30
5.31
8.18
13.52
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
LEGEND:
* = No. 2 bar is a plain round bar

+ = Nos. 9, 10, 11 correspond to the old 1-, 1-1/8, and 1-1/4 inch. square bars,
and are equivalent to those three square bars in weights and nominal crosssectional areas.
Splicing is equal to 30 times diameter, or a minimum of 12 inches per splice, or whichever is greater.
4-40
TABLE 4-42. Placing Reinforcing Steel

Labor Hours for Placing 1 Bar
Bar size in Inches
or less
5/8, 3/4, and 7/8
1 and 1-1/8
1-1/4 and 1-1/2
Welded Wire Fabric
Length of Bar in Feet

Under 10
10 - 20
20 - 30
0.06 (2068)
0.07 (2071)
0.08 (2074)
0.09 (2077)
0.07 (2069)
0.08 (2072)
0.1 (2075)
0.12 (2078)
0.08 (2070)
0.095 (2073)
0.115 (2076)
0.14 (2079)
Unit
Man-Hours
Slabs on Grade, Concrete

Paving, Precast Roof Panels
SF
0.08 (2080)
Gunite and Head Walls
SF
0.01 (2081)

NOTES:
Two to six SWs
1. Placement of reinforcing steel includes handling into place, tying, supporting, and any cutting
which becomes necessary at the site, such as cutting around imbedded items or cutting stock lengths of
straight bars to fit slab dimensions.
2. Man-Hour estimates are based on all reinforcing steel being shop fabricated (cut to length and bent
ready to place in the structure).
3. If reinforcing steel is to be welded in place,use 1.5 multiplier.
4. Order three 4-LB rolls of the wire for each ton of rebar ( 16 GA black annealed wire).
4-41
TABLE 4-43. Mixing Concrete

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
2 Boards or Boats
CD
3.2 (2040)
Machine Mixing on Site:

(16 S Mixer)
(11 S Mixer)
CD
CD
1.6 (2041)
2.7 (2042)
Transit Mix Truck
CD
0.56 (2043)
Hand Mixing on Site:
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Refer to Notes.

NOTES:
1. Hand mixing tables are based on enough men to keep a smooth constant flow of materials,
approximately eight men. Man-hour figure (hand) does not include placing. Maximum output about
20 CD per day.
2. Hand mixing using two boards eliminates waiting for a batch to be mixed before dry charging the
mixing board, as the mixer alternate boards. With twelve men the maximum output is about 28 CD
per day.
3. Warm weather (90 to 100 degrees) will slow mixing time and add 0.5 man-hours per CD.
4. Labor to charge a 16 S Mixer can be reduced by the use of a small front end loader, but at least one
man must remain on each aggregate stock pile to monitor bucket loading.
5. Transit mix man-hours are based on using four trucks, average haul of five miles, and four men
operating a dry cement batching plant (Ross or equal).
6. Large paving job man-day estimates are dependent on equipment used, manufacturers ratings and
recommendations.
7. 11 S Mixer replaces 16 S Mixer in the NCF.
4-42
TABLE 4-44. Placing Concrete

Man-Hours Per Unit
Work Element
Description
Unit
Direct From
Chute
Wheeled
Pumped
Crane
and
Bucket
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
1.0 (2044)
1.5 (2048)
----2.4 (2060)
2.0 (2045)
3.0 (2049)
----4.8 (2061)
1.50 (2046)
2.00 (2050)
1.68 (2052)
1.68 (2054)
1.68 (2056)
1.68 (2058)
1.68 (2062)
1.50 (2047)
2.50 (2051)
2.24 (2053)
2.24 (2055)
2.24 (2057)
2.24 (2059)
2.88 (2063)
Place Footings,
Foundations:
Grade Beams
Slabs on Grade
Walls to 10' High
Columns
Suspended Slabs
Beams and Girders
Stairs
NOTES:
1. For each 40 feet wheeled add 25 percent.

2. For upper stories, add per story: Placed by pump, use1.07 multiplier; placed by bucket or crane,
use 1.05 multiplier.
3. Construction that moves in and out of ramps, runways, or staging is not included. For moving and
in and out use 0.22 man-hours per linear foot.
4. Major items of consideration in planning concrete placement are: Method of placement,
accessability, the rate of placement in regard to form design, the amount and frequency of delivery is
governed by the ability to screed, tamp, and finish.
TABLE 4-45. Finishing and Curing Concrete

Finishing
Steel Trowel: Machine
Hand
Float Only
Curing
Liquid Spray, Membrane, Burlap, Water Spray
Cold Weather Protection

NOTE:
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
SF
SF
SF
0.015 (2106)
0.03 (2064)
0.025 (2065)
SF
CD
0.005 (2066)
0.5 (2067)
Four to eight BUS, depending on size of pour and type of

finish.
1. Cold weather protection figure is average. Variations depend on method, additives, straw and
tarps, heated aggregate, salamanders, etc.
4-43
TABLE 4-46. Miscellaneous and Imbedded Items

Unit
Man-Hours Per
Unit
Anchor Bolts
Pickup and Brace Inserts
Curb Angles
Ceiling Inserts
Dovetail Anchor Slots
Steel Base Plates 12" X 14" X "
Reglets (metal or PVD)
Waterstops (PVC dumbells or copper)
Premolded Expansion Joint
Poured Expansion Joint " X "
Vapor Barriers
Floor Hardeners (Magnesium Fluosilicate) 1 coat
Silicon Waterproofing
Acid Wash (walls)
Patch Tie Holes (walls)
Nonshrink Grout under Steel Plate, 1"
Carborundum Rub
Concrete Cutting --OLD 2" deep cut
4" deep cut
--Green 2" deep cut
4" deep cut
EA
EA
FT
EA
FT
EA
FT
FT
FT
FT
SF
SF
SF
SF
EA
SF
SF
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.08 (2082)
0.064 (2083)
0.16 (2084)
0.06 (2085)
0.0023 (2086)
1.0 (2087)
0.1 (2088)
0.04 (2089)
0.04 (2090)
0.04 (2091)
0.02 (2092)
0.01 (2093)
0.01 (2094)
0.02 (2095)
0.05 (2096)
1.0 (2097)
0.04 (2098)
0.08 (2099)
0.12 (2100)
0.05 (2101)
0.08 (2102)
Concrete Core Drilling

Slab Vertical 3" dia. X 6" thick
Wall Horiz. 4" dia. X 8" thick
Architectural concrete: patched, honed, sack rubbed
EA
EA
SF
2.0 (2103)
2.5 (2104)
0.08 (2105)
NOTES:
1. Tables are for installation only, and do not include fabrication time.
2. Premolded expansion joint figures is based on material -inch thick, and of sufficient width to
extend the required depth. Use 1.15 multiplier for 1-inch material.
3. Concrete sawing is based on 4,000 FT per inch blade life, which reduces in proportion to depth.
4. Core drilling labor varies if slabs or walls are heavily reinforced with 3/4 inch to 1-1/2 inch rebar,
or holes are widely spaced.
4-44
TABLE 4-47. Concrete Requirements for Footings

Amount of Concrete Required
Footing Size
(Inches)
CF per FT
CF per 100 FT
CD per 100 FT
6 x 12
8 x 12
8 x 16
8 x 18
10 x 12
10 x 16
12 x 12
12 x 16
12 x 20
12 x 24
0.50
0.67
0.89
1.00
0.83
1.11
1.00
1.33
1.67
2.00
50.00
66.67
88.89
100.00
83.33
111.11
100.00
133.33
166.67
200.00
1.9
2.5
3.3
3.7
3.1
4.1
3.7
4.9
6.1
7.4
TABLE 4-48. Volume Factors of Various Mixes

Mix by Volume Job Damp Materials
Kind of
Concrete Work
Cement
Bags
Sand
(CF)
Stone,
Gravel (CF)
Workability,
Consistency
One Bag
Batch = CF
3.75
5.0
stiff
6.2
2.5
3.5
medium
4.5
Driveways, Floors,
Walks --One Course
2.5
3.0
stiff
4.1
Driveways, Floors,
Walks --Two Course
Top 2.0
Base 2.5
0.0
4.0
stiff
stiff
2.14
4.8
Pavements
2.2
3.5
stiff
4.2
Watertight Concrete for

Tanks, Cisterns,
Precast Units (Piles,
Posts, Thin Reinforced
Slabs, etc.)
2.0
3.0
medium
wet
3.8
3.9
Heavy Duty Floors
1.25
2.0
stiff
2.8
Footings, Heavy
Foundations
Watertight Concrete for
Cellar Walls and Walls
Above Ground
Table continued next page.......
4-45
TABLE 4-48. Volume Factors of Various Mixes (Continued)

Materials for One CD of Concrete
Kind of
Concrete Work
Total Water
per Bag
(GL)
Cement Bags
Sand
(CF)
Stone, Gravel
(CF)
8.0
4.3
16.3
21.7
6.0
6.0
15.0
21.0
Driveways, Floors,
Walks --One Course
5.5
6.5
16.3
19.5
Driveways, Floors,
Walks --Two Course
Top ---Base 6.0
12.6
5.7
25.2
14.2
---22.8
5.25
6.4
14.1
22.4
medium 5.0
wet 5.75
7.1
6.9
14.2
13.8
21.3
20.7
--
9.8
12.3
19.6
Footings, Heavy
Foundations
Watertight Concrete
for Cellar Walls and
Walls Above Ground
Pavements
Watertight Concrete
for Tanks, Cisterns
and Precast Units
(Piles, Posts, Thin
Reinforced Slabs, etc.
Heavy Duty Floors
4-46
TABLE 4-49. Materials for 100 Square Feet of Concrete

Concrete Base
1 : 1-3/4 : 2-3/4
Slab Thickness
(Inches)
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
Cement
Bags
5.7
6.8
8.0
9.1
10.3
11.4
12.6
13.7
Sand
(CD)
Stone
(CD)
0.36
0.43
0.51
0.58
0.65
0.73
0.80
0.87
0.62
0.74
0.86
0.99
1.11
1.23
1.36
1.48
1:2:3
Cement
Bags
Sand
(CD)
Stone
(CD)
5.2
6.3
7.3
8.4
9.4
10.5
11.6
12.6
0.40
0.48
0.56
0.64
0.72
0.80
0.88
0.96
0.59
0.71
0.83
0.95
1.06
1.19
1.31
1.42
Concrete Base
1 : 2-1/2 : 4
1:3:5
Slab Thickness
(Inches)
Cement
Bags
Sand
(CD)
Stone
(CD)
Cement
Bags
Sand
(CD)
Stone
(CD)
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
4.2
5.0
5.8
6.6
7.5
8.3
9.2
10.0
0.40
0.48
0.56
0.64
0.72
0.80
0.88
0.96
0.63
0.75
0.88
1.01
1.13
1.26
1.39
1.52
3.4
4.1
4.8
5.5
6.1
6.8
7.5
8.2
0.39
0.47
0.55
0.63
0.70
0.79
0.87
0.94
0.65
0.78
0.92
1.05
1.17
1.31
1.45
1.57
TABLE 4-50. Concrete Requirements for Slabs

Slab Thickness
(Inches)
CF of Concrete Required
per SF of Slab
Slab Area Coverage

SF per CD
2
3
4
5
6
0.167
0.250
0.333
0.417
0.500
162
108
81
65
54
4-47
TABLE 4-51. Concrete Requirements for Walls

Concrete Required per 100 SF of Wall
Wall Thickness (Inches)
CF
CD
4
6
8
10
12
33.3
50.0
66.7
83.3
100.0
1.24
1.85
2.47
3.90
3.70
4-48
TABLE 4-52. How to Change Cubic Feet to Cubic Yard
CF
CD
CF
CD
CF
CD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0.37
0.74
.111
.148
.185
.222
.259
.296
.333
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
.370
.407
.444
.481
.518
.555
.592
.629
.666
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
.703
.740
.777
.814
.851
.888
.925
.962
1 or .999
While the table may be useful for reference, the figure .037 is the only one that you
must remember, because of the fact that there are .037 cubic yards to 1 cubic foot.
1. The usual procedure is to divide the amount of cubic feet by 27 to find the number of cubic
yards. The .037 rule is faster and more accurate than the division method.
2. The 037 rule is a decimal equivalent. If you divide one number by a larger one, you get a
decimal equivalent. Therefore, if you divide the number "1" by "27" you will find that you will
get a decimal .0370370. For estimating purposes, it is not necessary to extend decimals beyond
three spaces.Thus:
1/27 of 1 = 0.037
1 CF = 0.037 CD
1/27 of 10 = 0.370
10 CF = 0.370 CD
1/27 of 100 = 3.700
100 CF = 3.700 CD
3. Estimators work from "squares" or 100 square feet (SF). Hence, an excavation of 20 FT x 20
FT covers 400 SF., or 4 squares. If there are 3.7 cubic yards (CD) for each 100 SF for each
foot of depth, then excavation amounts to 4 X 3.7 = 14.8 CD per foot; and if at a 4 FT depth,
there would be 14.8 X 4 = 59.2 CD total.
4. Extending the .037 method is far more useful in figuring trenches and other tricky problems.
EXAMPLE (1): Assume you have a trench 65-FT long X 2-FT wide X 2-FT deep. The
cross-sectional area is 4 SF, therefore, it actually contains 4/27 of a CD per foot in length. From
the table you will find the decimal equivalent of 4 is .148. Thus, .148 X 65 = 9.6 CD in this
trench.
EXAMPLE (2): A basement is 24-FT long X 30-FT wide X 6-FT deep. 24 X 30 =
720: 720 X 6 = 4,320 CF in excavation. Convert this into CD by two methods:
(1) 4,320 X .037 = 159.84 or 160 CD
(2) From the table use 4 and move decimal 3 places . . . . . . . . . = 48.000
From the table use 3 and move decimal 2 places . . . . . . . . . = 11.100
From table use 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . = .740
159.840
4-49
TABLE 4-53. Concrete Compressive Strength

Plain Concrete (Proper Curing Conditions)
4-50
TABLE 4-54. Conversion and Waste Factors: Concrete Construction

Material
Conversion
Percent Waste
Concrete (1:2:4)
Cement
Fine aggregate
Coarse aggregate
6.0 SK/ CD
0.5 CD/ CD
0.9 CD/ CD
10
10
10
Curing Compound
0.5 GAL/ 100 SF
10
Forms
Footings and piers
2X4
2X8
2 X 12
1.5 FT / SFCS
0.2 FT / SFCS
0.7 FT / SFCS
20
10
5
Walls and columns

2X4
Plywood (50% reuse)
1.3 FT / SFCS
0.5 SF / SFCS
20
5
0.3 FT / SFCS
0.5 FT / SFCS
0.1 FT / SFCS
0.4 FT / SFCS
0.1 FT / SFCS
0.5 SF / SFCS
0.5 GL / 100 SF
12.0 LB / TON
0.1 EA / SFCS
0.1 EA / SFCS
0.1 SE / SFCS
5
20
10
5
5
5
10
5
5
5
6 LB / MFBM
4 LB / MFBM
6 LB / MFBM
2 LB / MFBM
4 LB / MFBM
9 LB / MFBM
9 LB / MFBM
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Beams and susp. slabs

1X6
2X4
2 X 10
4X4
4X6
Plywood
Form oil
Tie wire
Snap tie wedges
Snap ties
She bolts
Nails (BF lumber + SF)
Plywood, ordered as MFBM
6d box
8d common
16d common
20d common
6d duplex
8d duplex
16d duplex
4-51
TABLE 4-55. Material Weights and Measures
Material
Weight
LB / CF
Weight
LB / CD
Concrete
Cinder
Gravel/ Limestone
Reinforced
112
150
150
Crushed Stone
100
2,700
Gravel
95
2,565
Hydrated Lime
40
Mortar
103
Sand
Dry
Wet
97 to 117
120 to 140
2,619 to 3,159
3,240 to 3,780
Slag
70
1,755 to 1,890
Stone Riprap
65
1,775
Wood
Douglas Fir
Oak
Western Hemlock
34
46
29
4-52
DIVISION 4. MASONRY
Page
A.
CONCRETE BLOCK, COMMON BLOCK, AND RUBBLE MASONRY

Table 4-56
Length of Concrete Masonry Walls by Stretchers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
Table 4-57
Height of Concrete Masonry Walls by Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Table 4-58
Block, Brick, and Rubble Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
B.
CERAMIC, QUARY, AND STRUCTURAL FACING TILE

Table 4-59
Tile Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
C.
MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY
Table 4-60
Volume of Grout in Grouted CMU Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Table 4-61
Maximum Unsupported Heights of
CMU Walls During Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Table 4-62
Masonry Conversion Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Table 4-63
Material Weights and Measures: Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4-53
This page is blank
4-54
TABLE 4-56. Length of Concrete Masonry Walls by Stretchers

*Based on units 15-3/8 inches long and half units 7-5/8 inches long, with 3/8-inch thick head
joints.
Number of Stretchers
Wall Length*
1.0
1.5
2.0
1 FT 4 IN
2 FT 0 IN
2 FT 8 IN
2.5
3.0
3.5
3 FT 4 IN
4 FT 0 IN
4 FT 8 IN
4.0
4.5
5.0
5 FT 4 IN
6 FT 0 IN
6 FT 8 IN
5.5
6.0
6.5
7 FT 4 IN
8 FT 0 IN
8 FT 8 IN
7.0
7.5
8.0
9 FT 4 IN
10 FT 0 IN
10 FT 8 IN
8.5
9.0
9.5
11 FT 4 IN
12 FT 0 IN
12 FT 8 IN
10.0
10.5
11.0
13 FT 4 IN
14 FT 0 IN
14 FT 8 IN
11.5
12.0
12.5
15 FT 4 IN
16 FT 0 IN
16 FT 8 IN
13.0
13.5
14.0
17 FT 4 IN
18 FT 0 IN
18 FT 8 IN
14.5
15.0
20.0
19 FT 4 IN
20 FT 0 IN
26 FT 8 IN
4-55
TABLE 4-57. Height of Concrete Masonry Walls by Courses

Wall Height
3/8-IN Bed Joint
No. of
Courses
7/16-IN Bed Joint
-IN Bed Joint
8-IN
Block
4-IN
Block
8-IN
Block
4-IN
Block
8-IN
Block
4-IN
Block
8"
4"
8-1/16"
4-1/16"
8-1/8"
4-1/8"
1'4"
8"
1'4-1/8"
8-1/8"
1'4-1/4"
8-1/4"
2'0"
1'0"
2'0-3/16"
1'0-3/16"
2'0-3/8"
1'0-3/8"
2'8"
1'4"
2'8-1/4"
1'4-1/4"
2'8-1/2"
1'4-1/2"
3'4"
1'8"
3'4-5/16"
1'8-5/16"
3'4-5/8"
1'8-5/8"
4'0"
2'0"
4'0-3/8"
2'0-3/8"
4'0-3/4"
2'0-3/4"
4'8"
2'4"
4'8-7/16"
2'4-7/16"
4'8-7/8"
2'4-7/8"
5'4"
2'8"
5'4-1/2"
2'8-1/2"
5'5"
2'9"
6'0"
3'0"
6'0-9/16"
3'0-9/16"
6'1-1/8"
3'1-1/8"
10
6'8"
3'4"
6'8-5/8"
3'4-5/8"
6'9-1/4"
3'5-1/4"
15
10'0"
5'0"
10'0-15/16"
5'0-15/16"
10'1-7/8"
5'1-7/8"
20
13'4"
6'8"
13'5-1/4"
6'9-1/4"
13'6-1/2"
6'10-1/2"
25
16'8"
8'4"
16'9-9/16"
8'5-9/16"
16'11-1/8"
8'7-1/8"
30
20'0"
10'0"
20'1-7/8"
10'1-7/8"
20'3-3/4"
10'3-3/4"
35
23'4"
11'8"
23'6-3/16"
11'10-3/16"
23'8-3/8"
12'0-3/8"
40
26'8"
13'4"
26'10-1/2"
13'6-1/2"
27'1"
13'9"
45
30'0"
15'0"
30'2-13/16"
15'2-13/16"
30'5-5/8"
15'5-5/8"
50
33'4"
16'8"
33'7-1/8"
16'11-1/8"
33'10-1/4"
17'2-1/4"
4-56
TABLE 4-58. Block, Brick, and Rubble Masonry

Unit
Man-Hours Per Unit
Concrete Block.
12" X 8" X 16"
8" X 8" X 16"
6" X 8" X 16"
4" X 8" X 16"
SF
SF
SF
SF
0.167 (3000)
0.16 (3001)
0.145 (3002)
0.118 (3003)
Common Brick. 2-1/4" X 3-3/4" X 8"

8" Thick Wall
12" Thick Wall
4" Thick Brick Veneer on Frame Walls
SF
SF
SF
0.5 (3004)
0.7 (3005)
0.28 (3006)
Mortar Bound Rubble Masonry.

18" to 24" Thick
CD
45.0 (3007)
CD
16.0 (3008)
Grouting - Corefill. (High lift or

conventional method).
Reinforced Grouting Brick Work
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Eight to ten BUs, depending on size of work area.
NOTES:
1. The masonry estimates are based on the following conditions:

(a) All joints are 3/8 inches.
(b) Units layed up in running or bond.
(c) All mortar mixed by machine.
(d) A ratio of three tenders to four masons.
2. For 12" X 12" terra cotta use concrete block table and use 0.9 multiplier
3. For glazed concrete block (SPECTOR-GLAZE) or similar) use 1.25 multiplier.
4. A ration of 3 tenders for 2 masons.
4-57
TABLE 4-59. Tile Masonry

Unit
Man-Hours Per Unit
Ceramic and Quarry Tile.

Floors:
1" X 1" Ceramic (paper mounted)
3" X 3" Ceramic
4" X 4" Quarry
6" X 6" Quarry
9" X 9" Quarry
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
0.24 (3009)
0.24 (3010)
0.33 (3011)
0.265 (3012)
0.28 (3013)
Base:
Cap:
Walls: Ceramic Tile
SF
SF
SF
0.336 (3014)
0.29 (3015)
0.44 (3016)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to four BUs

NOTES:
1. Tables are based on half of the crew experienced in the work.

2. All setting beds being machine made.
3. A ration of one helper to one tile setter.
4. Cutting tile masonry or tile saw.
5. If thin set, using organic adhesive, use 0.75 multiplier.
6. Production will be affected by type and scope of work. Large open areas will go faster than small
rooms with many corners. If a crew arrives at a natural stopping point late in the day, hours are lost as
the next phase will not be started until the following day.
4-58
TABLE 4-60. Volume of Grout in Grouted Concrete Block Walls*

Wall Thickness
(Inches)
Spacing of Grouted
Cores (Inches)
Grout, CD, for

100 SF Wall Area**
Wall Area, SF, for 1

CD of Grout**
All cores grouted

16
24
32
40
48
0.79
0.40
0.28
0.22
0.19
0.17
126
250
357
450
526
588
All cores grouted

16
24
32
40
48
1.26
0.74
0.58
0.49
0.44
0.39
79
135
173
204
228
257
12
All cores grouted

16
24
32
40
48
1.99
1.18
0.91
0.76
0.70
0.64
50
85
110
132
143
156
* Adapted from Volume of Grout Required in Masonry Walls, Design Aid 15, Masonry Institute of America, Los Angeles,
Calif., 1971. **A 3-percent allowance has been included for waste and job conditions. All quantities include grout for
intermediate and top bond beams in addition to grout for cores.
TABLE 4-61. Maximum Unsupported Heights of CMU Wall During Construction
4-59
TABLE 4-62. Masonry Conversion Units

Material Description
Conversion Unit
Waste
Percentage
Unit
Masonry Units.
A. 8-inch Blocks:
Full Stretcher
Half Stretcher
Corner Block
Full Jamb
Half Jamp
.89 SF per block

8" X 8" X 16"
8" X 8" X 8"
8" X 8" X 16"
8" X 8" X 16"
8' X 8" X 8"
10
10
10
10
10
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
B. 6-inch Blocks:
Full Stretcher
Half Stretcher
Corner Block
Full Jamb
Half Jamb
.89 SF per block

6" X 8" X 16"
6" X 8" X 8"
6" X 8" X 16"
6" X 8" X 16"
6" X 8" X 8"
10
10
10
10
10
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
Mortar Materials.
(Includes 20 percent waste)
A. Cement, Portland Type I:
1/4-inch Joint
3/8-inch Joint
2-inch Joint
.80 CF/100 SF Wall

1.10 CF/100 SF Wall
1.40 CF/100 SF Wall
----
BG
BG
BG
B. Lime, Hydrated, Dry Type M:

1/4-inch Joint
3/8-inch Joint
1/2-inch Joint
.60 CF/100 SF Wall

.81 CF/100 SF Wall
1.05 CF/100 SF Wall
----
BG
BG
BG
Masonry Wash Materials.

(For 1 to 3 Mix and *' X 16" blocks)
A. Muriatic Acid
B. Soap, Powdered, Navy Type
10 LBS/100 SF Surface
2 LBS/100 SF Surface
10
10
LB
LB
Core Fill Materials.

(Conversion units for RST spaced at
24" OC)
A. Cement,Portlandt Type I:
8- and 6-inch Walls
4-inch Walls
3 BG/100 SF Wall
2 BG/100 SF Wall
10 BG
10 BG
BG
BG
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
All specials that require field cutting shall be ordered as full size blocks.
One (1) bag (BG) of lime equals one (1) cubic foot (CF).
Volume of one cell in an 8" X 8" block is equal to 1/8 CF.
Seven (7) bags (BG) ofPortlandt Type I cement equals one (1) CD.
4-60
TABLE 4-63. Material Weights and Measures: Masonry

Material
Length
IN
Width
IN
Thickness
IN
Weight
LBS/ EA
Asbestos
Brick:
Common
Fire, Std.
Hard
Soft
Weight
LBS/ CF
Weight
LBS/ CD
Weight
TONS/
1000
110 to
120
8-1/4
9
8-1/2
8-1/4
4
4-1/2
4-1/4
4
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-1/4
2-1/4
5.4
7.0
6.48
4.32
Cement:
Bag
2.7
3.5
3.24
2.6
94.0
Clay:
Dry
63-95
Fire
130
Wet
120
to
140
1,700 to
2,295
3,500
4-61
2,970
to 3,200
This page is blank
4-62
DIVISION 5. METALS
Page
A.
STRUCTURAL STEEL
Table 4-64
Structural Steel Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
Table 4-65
Structural Steel Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
Table 4-66
Flame Cutting Structural Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
Table 4-67
Welding Structural Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
B.
STEEL PIPE
Table 4-68
Install Steel Welded Pipe Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
C.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL
Table 4-69
Gage, Thickness, and Weights of Black and
Galvanized Flat and Corrugated Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Table 4-70
Weights of Steel Plates in Pounds per Square Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
Table 4-71
Weights of Standard Diamond Steel Floor Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
Table 4-72
Electrode/Wire Requirements for Horizontal Fillet Welding . . . . . . . 4-66
Table 4-73
Electrode/Wire Requirements for "V" Groove Butt Joints . . . . . . . . . 4-67
Table 4-74
Electrode/Wire Requirements for Square Groove Butt Joints . . . . . . . 4-67
Table 4-75
Weights of Flat Steel Bars in LBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
Table 4-76
Weights of Square and Round Bars in LBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Table 4-77
Weights of Standard Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
Table 4-78
Weights of Steel Angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
D.
BOLTED STEEL TANKS

Table 4-79
Bolted Steel Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
4-63
This page is blank
4-64
TABLE 4-64. Structural Steel Fabrication

FABRICATE:
Structural Frames
Columns
Girders
Beams
Trusses
Purlins: Girts and Struts
Frames for Openings
Stairs
Platforms
Railings (simple tube pipe)
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Ton
Ton
Ton
Ton
Ton
Ton
Ton
Ton
Ton
FT
16.0 (4001)
16.0 (4002)
16.0 (4003)
10.4 (4004)
8.0 (4005)
12.8 (4006)
2.8 (4007)
28.0 (4008)
36.0 (4009)
1.6 (4010)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to six SWs, depending on weight and length of materials
NOTES:
1. Fabrication of structural steel includes cutting, riveting, burning, drilling, milling, fitting,
assembling, welding, bolting, storing loading, and hauling to the job site.
2. Man-hour units are based on bolted connection. If sections are to be welded use 1.25 multiplier for
welded joint preparation.
TABLE 4-65. Structural Steel Erection

UNLOAD, ERECT, PLUMB
Columns
Beams
Girders
Trusses
Girts and Purlins
Bracing and Tiers
Light Framing
High strength bolting
Grating
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Ton
Ton
Ton
Ton
Ton
Ton
Ton
Bolt
SF
13.6 (4011)
13.6 (4012)
9.0 (4013)
17.0 (4014)
11.9 (4015)
17.9 (4016)
23.8 (4017)
.075 (4018)
0.192 (4019)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Six SWs (erecting, connecting, plumbing)

NOTES:
1. Erection of structural steel includes handling, erecting, temporary bolting, plumbing, leveling, high
strength bolting, and/or welding.
2. Man-hour figures are based on using new construction materials.
3. For shop and field painting, see Division 9, table 4-112 .
4-65
TABLE 4-66. Flame Cutting Structural Steel

Man-Hours per 1 Foot
1/8 inch
3/16 inch
1/4 inch
5/16 inch
3/8 inch
7/16 inch
inch
9/16 inch
5/8 inch
3/4 inch
7/8 inch
1 inch
1-1/8 inch
1-1/4 inch
1-1/2 inch
0.19 (4020)
0.2 (4021)
0.23 (4022)
0.23 (4023)
0.24 (4024)
0.27 (4025)
0.27 (4026)
0.28 (4027)
0.3 (4028)
0.3 (4029)
0.4 (4030)
0.42 (4031)
0.44 (4032)
0.49 (4033)
0.57 (4034)
TABLE 4-67. Welding Structural Steel

(per foot material thickness in man hours)
Horizontal
Vertical
Overhead
FILET ARC WELDING

1/8 inch
3/16 inch
1/4 inch
5/16 inch
3/8 inch
inch
3/4 inch
1 inch
0.15 (4035)
0.37 (4038)
0.45 (4041)
0.49 (4044)
0.76 (4047)
1.05 (4050)
2.06 (4053)
2.40 (4056)
0.27 (4036)
0.36 (4039)
0.49 (4042)
0.69 (4045)
0.93 (4048)
1.10 (4051)
1.90 (4054)
2.30 (4057)
0.36 (4037)
0.42 (4040)
0.53 (4043)
0.93 (4046)
1.10 (4049)
1.40 (4052)
2.30 (4055)
2.60 (4058)
BUTT WELDING
1/8 inch
3/16 inch
1/4 inch
5/16 inch
3/8 inch
inch
3/4 inch
1 inch
0.53 (4059)
0.76 (4062)
0.87 (4065)
1.05 (4068)
1.90 (4071)
2.06 (4074)
3.40 (4077)
3.70 (4080)
0.55 (4060)
0.63 (4063)
0.73 (4066)
0.93 (4069)
1.50 (4072)
1.70 (4075)
2.80 (4078)
3.40 (4081)
0.61 (4061)
0.79 (4064)
0.93 (4067)
1.10 (4070)
2.30 (4073)
2.50 (4076)
3.70 (4079)
4.30 (4082)
4-66
TABLE 4-68. Install Steel Welded Pipe Lines

SCHEDULE 40. PIPE AND FITTINGS
1 inch
2 inch
4 inch
6 inch
8 inch
10 inch
12 inch
14 inch
16 inch
18 inch
20 inch
24 inch
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
per joint
per joint
per joint
per joint
per joint
per joint
per joint
per joint
per joint
per joint
per joint
per joint
1.00 (4083)
1.48 (4084)
2.90 (4085)
4.22 (4086)
5.67 (4087)
7.32 (4088)
8.76 (4089)
10.91 (4090)
12.69 (4091)
14.85 (4092)
17.08 (4093)
18.98 (4094)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to four SWs

NOTE:
1. Butt weld to include cut, fit, and install.

2. For Schedule 80, use 1.6 multiplier.
TABLE 4-69. Gage, Thickness, and Weight of Black and

Galvanized Flat and Corrugated Sheets
Black
Galvanized
Weight LB per SF
U.S.
Gage
Thickness
Flat
12
14
0.1046
0.0747
4.3
3.1
4.7
3.4
16
18
0.0598
0.0478
2.5
2.0
20
22
0.0359
0.0299
24
26
28
29
Weight LB per SF
Thickness
Flat
5.0
3.6
0.1084
0.0785
4.5
3.2
4.9
3.5
5.2
3.7
2.7
2.1
2.8
2.3
0.0635
0.0516
2.6
2.1
2.9
2.3
3.0
2.4
1.5
1.2
1.6
1.3
1.7
1.4
0.0396
0.0336
1.6
1.4
1.8
1.5
1.9
1.6
0.0239
0.0179
1.0
0.75
1.0
0.8
1.1
0.8
0.0276
0.0217
1.1
0.91
1.2
0.9
1.3
1.0
0.0149
0.0135
0.6
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.6
0.0187
0.0172
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.7
0.8
0.8
Corrugations, IN
Corrugated
2-2/3 X
3 X 3//4
4-67
Corrugations, IN
Corrugated
2-2/3 X
3X
1/4
TABLE 4-70. Weights of Steel Plates in Pounds Per Square Foot

Thickness
Steel - Estimating
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
5/8
7.6
10.2
12.7
15.3
17.8
20.4
25.5
Thickness
Steel - Estimating
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
30.6
35.7
40.8
51.0
61.2
71.4
81.6
TABLE 4-71. Weights of Standard Diamond Steel Floor Plates

Thickness
Inches
Weight per SF
Pounds
Thickness
Inches
Weight per SF
Pounds
1/8
3/16
1/4
8.0
8.7
11.2
5/16
3/8
13.7
16.2
21.5
TABLE 4-72. Electrode/Wire Requirements for Horizontal Fillet Weld

Size of Fillet
(in inches)
LBS of Stick Electrode

Required per FT of Weld
(approx.)
LBS of Wire Electrode

(approx.)
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
5/8
3/4
1
0.04
0.11
0.18
0.29
0.42
0.76
1.18
1.70
3.03
0.02
0.06
0.10
0.16
0.23
0.42
0.66
0.95
1.69
4-68
TABLE
4-73. Electrode/Wire Requirements for "V" Groove Butt Joint
Joint
Dimensions
(In inches)

(Approx.)

(Approx.)
Without
Reinforcement
With
Reinforcemen
t
Without
Reinforcement
With
Reinforcement
1/4
5/16
3/8
5/8
3/4
1
.207
.311
.414
.558
.702
.847
1138
1/16
3/32
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.8
1.3
1.9
3.4
0.2
0.4
0.7
1.1
1.6
2.3
4.0
0.80
0.17
0.28
0.48
0.75
1.08
1.93
0.14
0.25
0.39
0.64
0.94
1.32
2.24
TABLE 4-74. Electrode/Wire Requirements for Square Groove Butt Joints

Joint
Dimensions
(In inches)
T

(Approx.)
3/16
3/8
1/4
5/16

(Approx.)
Without
Reinforcement
With
Reinforcement
Without
Reinforcement
With
Reinforcement
0
1/16
____
.04
.16
.20
____
.02
.08
.10
7/16
1/16
3/32
.05
.07
.23
.26
.02
.03
.12
.14
1/16
3/32
.06
.09
.27
.30
.03
.05
.15
.17
4-69
TABLE. 4-75. Weights of Flat Steel Bars 1-Foot Long in LBS

Width of Bars
Thickness
in inches
1 inches
2 inches
3 inches
4 inches
5 inches
6 inches
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
13/16
7/8
15/16
1
1-1/16
1-1/8
1-3/16
1-1/4
1-5/16
1-3/8
1-7/16
1-1/2
1-9/16
1-5/8
1-11/16
1-3/4
1-13/16
1-7/8
1-15/16
2
.638
.850
1.06
1.28
1.49
1.70
1.92
2.12
2.34
2.55
2.76
2.98
3.19
3.40
3.61
3.83
4.04
4.25
4.46
4.67
4.89
5.10
5.32
5.52
5.74
5.95
6.16
6.38
6.59
6.80
1.28
1.70
2.12
2.55
2.98
3.40
3.83
4.25
4.67
5.10
5.53
5.95
6.38
6.80
7.22
7.65
8.08
8.50
8.93
9.35
9.78
10.20
10.63
11.05
11.47
11.90
12.33
12.75
13.18
13.60
1.91
2.55
3.19
3.83
4.46
5.10
5.74
6.38
7.02
7.65
8.29
8.93
9.57
10.20
10.84
11.48
12.12
12.75
13.39
14.03
14.66
15.30
15.94
16.58
17.22
17.85
18.49
19.13
19.77
20.40
2.55
3.40
4.25
5.10
5.95
6.80
7.65
8.50
9.35
10.20
11.05
11.90
12.75
13.60
14.45
15.30
16.15
17.00
17.85
18.70
19.55
20.40
21.25
22.10
22.95
23.80
24.65
25.50
26.35
27.20
3.19
4.25
5.31
6.38
7.44
8.50
9.57
10.63
11.69
12.75
13.81
14.87
15.94
17.00
18.06
19.13
20.19
21.25
22.32
23.38
24.44
25.50
26.57
27.63
28.69
29.75
30.81
31.87
32.94
34.00
3.83
5.10
6.38
7.65
8.95
10.20
11.48
12.75
14.03
15.30
16.58
17.85
19.13
20.40
21.68
22.95
24.23
25.50
26.78
28.05
29.33
30.60
31.88
33.15
34.43
35.70
36.98
38.25
38.53
40.80
4-70
TABLE 4-76. Weights of Square and Round Bars 1-Foot Long in LBS
Thickness
or Diameter
in Inches
Weight of
Square Bar
Weight of
Round Bar
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
13/16
7/8
15/16
1
1-1/16
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-5/16
1-3/8
1-7/16
1-1/2
1-5/8
.21
.33
.47
.65
.85
1.07
1.38
1.60
1.91
2.24
2.60
---3.40
---4.30
5.31
---6.42
---7.65
8.92
.16
.26
.37
.51
.66
.84
1.04
1.26
1.50
1.76
2.04
2.35
2.67
3.01
3.38
4.17
4.60
5.05
5.52
6.01
7.05
Thickness
or Diameter
in Inches
1-11/16
1-3/4
1-13/16
1-7/8
2
2-1/8
2-1/4
2-3/8
2-1/2
2-5/8
2-3/4
2-7/8
3
3-1/8
3-1/4
3-3/8
3-1/2
3-5/8
3-3/4
4
4-71
Weight of
Square Bar
Weight of
Round Bar
---10.41
---11.95
13.60
15.35
17.21
---21.25
23.43
25.71
---30.60
---35.91
---41.65
---47.81
54.40
7.60
8.18
8.77
9.39
10.68
12.06
13.52
15.06
16.69
18.40
20.20
22.07
24.03
26.08
28.21
30.42
32.71
35.09
37.55
42.73
TABLE 4-77. Weights of Standard Channels

Depth of
Channels
(inches)
Weight
Per Foot
(pounds)
Thickness of
Web
(inches)
Width
of Flange
(inches)
Depth of
Channels
(inches)
Weight
Per Foot
(pounds)
Thickness of
Web
(inches)
Width
of
Flange
(inches)
6.00
5.00
4.10
0.362
0.264
0.170
1.602
1.504
1.410
20.00
15.00
13.40
0.452
0.288
0.230
2.652
2.488
2.430
7.25
5.40
0.325
0.180
1.725
1.580
10
30.00
25.00
0.676
0.529
3.036
2.889
9.00
6.70
0.330
0.190
1.890
1.750
20.00
15.30
0.382
0.240
2.742
2.600
13.00
10.50
8.20
0440
0.318
0.200
2.160
2.038
1.920
12
30.00
25.00
20.70
0.513
0.390
0.280
3.173
3.050
2.940
14.75
12.25
9.80
0.423
0.318
0.210
2.303
2.198
2.090
15
50.00
40.00
33.90
0.720
0.524
0.400
3.720
3.524
3.400
18.75
13.75
11.50
0.490
0.307
0.220
2.530
2.347
2.260
4-72
TABLE 4-78. Weights of Steel Angles

Size in Inches
Weight
per FT
LB
3 x 2 x 1/4
3 x 2 x 5/16
3 x 2 x 3/8
4.1
5.0
5.9
3 x 2-1/2 x 1/4
3 x 2-1/2 x 5/16
3 x 2-1/2 x 3/8
3 x 2-1/2 x
4.5
5.6
6.6
8.5
3 x 3 x 1/4
3 x 3 x 5/16
3 x 3 x 3/8
3 x 3 x 7/16
3x3x
3 x 3 x 5/8
4.9
6.1
7.2
8.3
9.4
11.5
3-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 1/4

3-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 5/16
3-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 3/8
3-1/2 x 2-1/2 x
3-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 5/8
4.9
6.1
7.2
9.4
11.5
3-1/2 x 3 x 1/4
3-1/2 x 3 x 5/16
3-1/2 x 3 x 3/8
3-1/2 x 3 x
5.4
6.6
7.9
10.2
3-1/2 x 3-1/2 x 1/4

3-1/2 x 3-1/2 x 5/16
3-1/2 x 3-1/2 x 3/8
3-1/2 x 3-1/2 x 7/16
3-1/2 x 3-1/2 x
3-1/2 x 3-1/2 x 5/8
5.8
7.2
8.5
9.8
11.1
13.6
4 x 3 x 1/4
4 x 3 x 5/16
4 x 3 x 3/8
4 x 3 x 7/16
4x3x
5.8
7.2
8.5
9.8
11.1
Size in Inches
Weight
per FT
LB
4 x 3 x 5/8
4 x 3 x 3/4
13.6
16.0
4 x 3-1/2 x 1/4
4 x 3-1/2 x 5/16
4 x 3-1/2 x 3/8
4 x 3-1/2 x 7/16
4 x 3-1/2 x
6.2
7.7
9.1
10.6
11.9
4 x 4 x 1/4
4 x 4 x 5/16
4 x 4 x 3/8
4 x 4 x 7/16
4x4x
4 x 4 x 5/8
4 x 4 x 3/4
6.6
8.2
9.8
11.3
12.8
15.7
18.5
4-1/2 x 3 x 3/8
9.1
5 x 3 x 5/16
5 x 3 x 3/8
5 x 3 x 7/16
5x3x
5 x 3 x 3/4
8.2
9.8
11.3
12.8
18.5
5 x 3-1/2 x 5/16
5 x 3-1/2 x 3/8
5 x 3-1/2 x 7/16
5 x 3-1/2 x
5 x 3-1/2 x 5/8
8.7
10.4
12.0
13.6
16.8
5 x 4 x 3/8
5x4x
5 x 5 x 3/8
5 x 5 x 7/16
5x5x
5 x 5 x 5/8
5 x 5 x 3/4
4-73
Size in Inches
Weight
per FT
LB
6 x 3-1/2 x 5/16
6 x 3-1/2 x 3/8
6 x 3-1/2 x 7/16
6 x 3-1/2 x
6 x 3-1/2 x 5/8
9.8
11.7
13.5
15.3
18.9
6 x 4 x 5/16
6 x 4 x 3/8
6 x 4 x 7/16
6x4x
6 x 4 x 9/16
6 x 4 x 5/8
6 x 4 x 3/4
6 x 4 x 7/8
10.3
12.3
14.3
16.2
18.1
20.0
23.6
27.2
6 x 6 x 3/8
6 x 6 x 7/16
6x6x
6 x 6 x 9/16
6 x 6 x 5/8
6 x 6 x 3/4
6 x 6 x 7/8
6x6x1
14.9
17.2
19.6
21.9
24.2
28.7
33.1
37.4
7 x 3-1/2 x 3/8
7 x 3-1/2 x 7/16
7 x 3-1/2 x
7 x 3-1/2 x 5/8
13.0
15.0
17.0
21.0
8 x 3-1/2 x
18.7
11.0
14.5
8x6x
8 x 6 x 3/4
23.0
33.8
12.3
14.3
16.2
20.0
23.6
8x3x
8 x 3 x 5/8
8 x 3 x 3/4
8 x 3 x 7/8
8x3x1
8 x 3 x 11/8
26.4
32.7
38.9
45.0
51.0
56.9
TABLE 4-79. Bolted Steel Tanks

Estimated Time for Tank Erection
100 BBL tank
250 BBL tank
500 BBL tank
1,000 BBL tank
3,000 BBL tank
10,000 BBL tank
50,000 BBL tank
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
55 (4101)
130 (4102)
220 (4103)
440 (4104)
750 (4105)
1,600 (4106)
6,660 (4107)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: 6 to 16 SWs

NOTE:
1. Basis: Tank erection only. Does not include site preparation or uncrating.
4-74
DIVISION 6. CARPENTRY
A.
Page
ROUGH CARPENTRY
Table 4-80
Rough Carpentry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
Table 4-81
Sheathing and Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
Table 4-82
Number of Wood Joists Required for Any Floor Spacing . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Table 4-83
Board Feet of Lumber Required per 100 Square Feet of Surface . . . . 4-78
Table 4-84
Material Required for Built-Up Girders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
Table 4-85
Board Feet Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
Table 4-86
Board Feet Required for Wood Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Table 4-87
Number of Studs Required for Variable Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Table 4-88
Material Required for Rafters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Table 4-89
Roof Areas of Pitched Roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Table 4-90
Criteria for Plywood Roof Sheathing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Table 4-91
Criteria for Plywood Flooring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Table 4-92
Finish Carpentry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
Table 4-93
Wire Nails: Length, and Approximate Number per Pound . . . . . . . . 4-84
4-75
This page is blank
4-76
TABLE 4-80. Rough Carpentry

Unit
Man-Hours Per Unit
Floor Joists; Sills; Girders and Blocking
BF
0.04 (5001)
Wall Framing-Studs; Plates and Bracing
BF
0.04 (5002)
Ceiling Joists
BF
0.05 (5003)
Roof Framing (pitch type); Eave Blocking

Roof Framing (flat type)
BF
BF
0.06 (5004)
0.04 (5005)
Beams (shaped and dapped)

Beams (exposed framing)
BF
BF
0.13 (5006)
0.10 (5007)
Trusses, Light (nailed)

Trusses, Heavy (bolted)
BF
BF
0.07 (5008)
0.10 (5009)
Cross Bridging, 2" X 3 "
SET
0.16 (5010)
SF of Wall Surface
0.01 (5011)
Each Opening
3.0 (5012)
Ceiling Stripping
FT
0.03 (5013)
Furring on Concrete and Masonry Walls
FT
0.035 (4014)
Wood Plaster Grounds on Masonry Walls
FT
0.06 (5015)
Wood Fences
SF
0.08 (5016)
Metal Studs
Fabricate and Install Rough Door Bucks
(masonry walls)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Framing:
NOTES:
Four BUs working in pairs; Two BUs cutting

materials.
Miscellaneous: Two BUs performing various jobs.
1. Rough carpentry includes measuring, cutting, and installing wood framing, floor joists, sills, cross
bridging, wall framing, plates, door bucks, roof framing, and rafters, install wall and roof sheathing,
and siding.
2. Wall framing studs, plates and bracing, window and door headers.
3. Metal studs more than 18 GS use 1.2 multiplier.
4-77
TABLE 4-81. Sheathing and Siding

Unit
Man-Hour
Per Unit
Roof Sheathing:
1" X 6" and 1" X 8" Boards
2" T&G Laid Straight
(Add 20 percent for diagonal)
BF
0.04 (5017)
Plywood
SF
0.025 (5018)
Wall Sheathing:
1" X 6" and 1" X 8" Boards
(Use 1.2 multiplier for diagonal)
SF
0.03 (5019)
Plywood
SF
0.025 (5020)
Siding:
Wood Shingles
Board and Batten
Shiplap, Drop Siding
Plywood
SF
SF
SF
SF
0.07 (5021)
0.05 (5022)
0.05 (5023)
0.04 (5024)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Sheathing:

NOTE:
Four BUS working in pairs placing materials;

Two BUS cutting; Two BUS handling materials.
1. Siding includes building paper.
4-78
TABLE 4-82. Number of Wood Joists Required for Any Floor and Spacing
Spacing of Joists (Inches)
Length of Span
(Feet)
12 Inches
16 Inches
24 Inches
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
40
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
36
36
41
6
6
7
8
9
9
10
11
12
12
13
14
15
15
16
17
18
18
19
20
21
21
22
23
24
24
25
26
27
27
31
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
21
4-79
TABLE 4-83. Board Feet of Lumber Required Per 100 Square Feet of Surface
When used for Studs, joists, rafters, wall and floor furring strips, etc.
Board Feet Required Per 100 SF of Surface
Lumber Size (Inches)
On 12-Inch
Centers
On 16-Inch
Centers
On 24-Inch Centers
1X2
2X2
2X4
2X6
2X8
2 X 10
2 X 12
3X6
3X8
3 X 10
3 X 12
16-2/3
33-1/3
66-2/3
100
133-1/3
166-2/3
200
150
200
250
300
12-1/2
25
50
75
100
125
150
112-1/2
133-1/3
187-1/2
225
8-1/3
16-2/3
33-1/3
50
66-2/3
83-1/3
100
75
100
125
150
NOTE:
1. Data in this table does not include any allowance for waste in cutting, extra joists at the end of each
span, doubling joists under or around stiarwells, top or bottom plates, etc. These items vary with each
job and must be added as required.
TABLE 4-84. Material Required for Built-Up Girders

Size of Girder (Inches)
Board FT Required
Nails Required
per 1,000 BF
4X6
4X8
4 X 10
4 X 12
6X6
6X8
6 X 10
6 X 12
8X8
8 X 10
8 X 12
2.15
2.85
3.58
4.28
3.21
4.28
5.35
6.42
5.71
7.13
8.56
53
40
32
26
43
32
26
22
30
24
20
4-80
TABLE 4-85. Board Feet Content

Length in Feet
Size in
Inches
1X2
1X4
1X6
1X8
1 X 10
1 X 12
5/4 X 4
5/4 X 6
2X4
2X6
2X8
2 X 10
2 X 12
3X4
3X6
3X8
3 X 10
3 X 12
3 X 14
3 X 16
4X4
4X6
4X8
4 X 10
4 X 12
4 X 14
4 X 16
6X6
6X8
6 X 10
6 X 12
6 X 14
6 X 16
8X8
8 X 10
8 X 12
1-1/3
2-2/3
4
5-1/3
6-2/3
8
3-1/3
5
5-1/3
8
10-2/3
13-1/3
16
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
10-2/3
16
21-1/3
26-2/3
32
37-1/3
42-2/3
24
32
40
48
56
64
42-2/3
53-1/3
64
10
1-2/3
3-1/3
5
6-2/3
8-1/3
10
4-1/6
6-1/4
6-2/3
10
13-1/3
16-2/3
20
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
13-1/3
20
26-2/3
33-1/3
40
46-2/3
53-1/3
30
40
50
60
70
80
53-1/3
66-2/3
80
12
2
4
6
8
10
12
5
7-1/2
8
12
16
20
24
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
16
24
32
40
48
56
64
36
48
60
72
84
96
64
80
96
14
2-1/3
4-2/3
7
9-1/3
11-2/3
4
5-5/6
8-3/4
9-1/3
14
18-2/3
23-1/3
28
14
21
28
35
42
49
56
18-2/3
28
37-1/3
46-2/3
56
65-1/3
74-2/3
42
56
70
84
98
112
74-2/3
93-1/3
112
16
18
20
2-2/3
5-1/3
8
10-2/3
13-1/3
16
6-2/3
10
10-2/3
16
21-1/3
26-2/3
32
16
24
32
40
48
56
64
21-1/3
32
42-2/3
53-1/3
64
74-2/3
85-1/3
48
64
80
96
112
128
85-1/3
106-2/3
128
3
6
9
12
15
18
7-1/2
11-1/4
12
18
24
30
36
18
27
36
45
54
63
72
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
54
72
90
108
126
144
96
120
144
3-1/3
6-2/3
10
13-1/3
16-2/3
20
8-1/3
12-1/2
13-1/3
20
26-2/3
33-1/3
40
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
26-2/3
40
53-1/3
66-2/3
80
93-1/3
106-2/3
60
80
100
120
140
160
106-2/3
133-1/3
160
4-81
22
3-2/3
7-1/3
11
14-2/3
18-1/3
22
9-1/6
13-3/4
14-2/3
22
29-1/3
36-2/3
44
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
29-1/3
44
58-2/3
73-1/3
88
102-2/3
117-1/3
66
88
110
132
154
176
117-1/3
146-2/3
176
24
4
8
12
16
20
24
10
15
16
24
32
40
48
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
32
48
64
80
96
112
128
72
96
120
144
168
192
128
160
192
TABLE 4-86. Board Feet Required for Wood Partitions

2-inch by 4-inch Studs 16 inches on Centers
with Single Top and Bottom Plates
Height of Partition
Length of
Partition
No. Studs
Required
8 FT 0 IN
10 FT 0 IN
12 FT 0 IN
3'0"
4'0"
5'0"
6'0"
7'0"
8'0"
9'0"
10'0"
11'0"
12'0"
13'0"
14'0"
15'0"
16'0"
17'0"
18'0"
19'0"
20'0"
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
9
10
11
12
12
13
14
15
15
16
20
27
33
40
41
48
55
61
63
69
76
83
84
91
97
104
105
112
24
32
40
48
49
57
65
73
75
83
91
99
100
108
116
124
125
133
28
37
47
56
57
67
76
85
87
96
105
115
116
125
135
144
145
155
NOTES:
1. Includes top and bottom plates.

2. Add 2/3 foot of lumber BM for each foot of double top or bottom plate.
TABLE 4-87. Number of Studs for Required for Variable Spacing

(Partition, Floor Joist, and Ceiling Joist)
Distance on Center
(Inches)
Multiply Length of Partition

BY
Add
12
16
24
1.0
0.75
0.50
1
1
1
NOTE:
1. Add for top and bottom plates on stud walls.
4-82
TABLE 4-88. Material Required for Rafters

Center-To-Center Spacing of Rafters
Board Feet Required per 100 SF of Area
Rafter Size
(Inches)
12 Inches
16 Inches
24 Inches
LBS of Nails
Required per
1000 BF
2X4
2X6
2X8
2 X 10
2 X 12
89
129
171
212
252
71
102
134
167
197
53
75
112
121
143
17
12
9
7
6
Lengths of Common, Hip, and Valley Rafters per 12 Inches of Run

1
Rise and Run
or Cut
NOTES:
2
Length in Inches
Common Rafter
per 12" of Run
3
Length in Inches
Hip or Valley
Rafters
Conversion Factor
2 and 12
3 and 12
4 and 12
5 and 12
6 and 12
12.165
12.369
12.649
13.000
13.417
17.088
17.233
17.433
17.692
18.000
1.014
1.031
1.054
1.083
1.118
7 and 12
8 and 12
9 and 12
10 and 12
11 and 12
12 and 12
13.892
14.422
15.000
15.620
16.279
16.971
18.358
18.762
19.209
19.698
20.224
20.785
1.158
1.202
1.250
1.302
1.357
1.413
13 and 12
14 and 12
15 and 12
16 and 12
17 and 12
18 and 12
17.692
18.439
19.210
20.000
20.809
21.633
21.378
22.000
22.649
23.324
24.021
24.739
1.474
1.537
1.601
1.667
1.734
1.803
19 and 12
20 and 12
21 and 12
22 and 12
23 and 12
24 and 12
22.500
23.375
24.125
25.000
26.000
26.875
25.475
26.230
27.000
27.785
28.583
29.394
1.875
1.948
2.010
2.083
2.167
2.240
1. Includes common rafters, hip and valley rafters, ridge boards and collar beams.
2. To obtain the SF of roof area for a given pitch, use the building SF of floor area and multiply it by
the appropriate conversion factor in column 4 (include the overhang).
Example: Bld 10' X 10' with 2' overhang on all sides, using 6" and 12" out. 14' X 14' = 196 SF X
1.118 = 219.12 SF of roof area.
4-83
TABLE 4-89. Roof Areas of Pitched Roofs

Pitch
Increase of Area
Over Flat Root
(Percent)
Multiplication
Factor
1/4
1/3
3/8
5/8
3/4
7/8
12
20
25
42
60
80
101
1.12
1.20
1.25
1.42
1.60
1.80
2.01
TABLE 4-90. Criteria for Plywood Roof Sheathing
Design Load Factor in LBS PSF*
Nail Spacing
Plywood
Thickness
(Inches)
20 PSF
30 PSF
40 PSF
Nail Size
and Type
Panel
Edge
(Inches)
Intermediate
(Inches)
32
32
30
6d
Common
12
5/8
42
42
39
8d
Common
12
3/4
48
47
42
8d
Common
12
*per square foot

NOTES:
1. Plywood continuous over two or more spans with grain of face ply across supports.
2. Provide blocking or other means of suitable edge support when span exceeds 28 inches for -inch,
32 inches for 5/8-inch, or 36 inches for 3/4-inch plywood.
4-84
TABLE 4-91. Criteria for Plywood Flooring

Nail Spacing
Application
Thickness of
Plywood
(Inches)
Max Spacing
of Supports
CTR to CTR
Nail Size
and Type
Panel
Edge
Intermediate
Subflooring
5/8
3/4
16d
20b
24b
6d Common
8d Common
8d Common
6
6
6
10
10
10
Underlayment
3/8
6d Ring-Shank
or
Cement Coated
8d Flathead
8
Each
Way
5/8
NOTES:
1. Provide blocking at panel edge for other than 25 32-inch thick strip flooring.
2. If strip flooring is perpendicular to supports, -inch thick strip flooring can be used on a 24-inch
span.
3. If resilient flooring is to be applied without underlaying, set nails 1/16-inch below surface.
4. If supports are not well seasoned, use ring-shank nails.
4-85
TABLE 4-92. Finish Carpentry

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Baseboard (two member)
FT
0.08 (5026)
Mouldings
Chair Rails
Ceiling
Finish Facias
Chalk and Tackboard Trim
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.06 (5027)
0.0 6 (5028)
0.06 (5029)
0.08 (5030)
Complete
Complete
Complete
Complete
10.0 (5031)
24.0 (5032)
54.0 (5033)
102.0 (5034)
Shelving, Plywood , or 1" X 12" (Metal Brackets)
FT
0.01 (5035)
Closet Unit, Shelf, and Pole Only
EA
2.0 (5036)
Soffits, Plywood
FT
0.12 (5037)
False Beams (Built-Up)
FT
0.18 (5038)
Stairs
Cellar Complete 10 FT Rise
Back or Enclosed 12 FT Rise
Front, Open 12 FT Rise
Front, Open Ornate

NOTES:
Trim work: two BUS; Cabinets: two BUS;

Miscellaneous: two BUS
1. Finish carpentry includes the work of installing baseboard, molding, wooden stairs, closet units,
wooden shelving, soffits, and false beams.
2. For cornice estimates, use soffit figures.
TABLE 4-93. Wire Nails: Length and Approximate Number Per Pound
Size
Length (Inches)
Common
2d
3d
4d
5d
6d
7d
8d
9d
10d
12d
16d
20d
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
4.00
874
574
320
254
200
154
110
90
72
60
48
30
4-86
Finish
574
300
190
135
DIVISION 7. MOISTURE PROTECTION

Page
A.
WATERPROOFING
Table 4-94
Waterproofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
B.
SHEET METAL WORK

Table 4-95
Sheet Metal Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
C.
INSULATION
Table 4-96
Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
Table 4-97
Fastener Requirements for Batts of Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89
Table 4-98
Loose Fill Insulation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89
4-87
This page is blank
4-88
TABLE 4-94. Waterproofing

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Built-Up Roofing
3 Ply
4 Ply
5 Ply
SF
SF
SF
0.04 (3017)
0.05 (3018)
0.06 (3019)
Roof Insulation
SF
0.06 (3020)
Asphaltic Aluminum Roofing

Asphaltic Primer
Asphaltic Aluminum
SF
SF
0.015 (3021)
0.015 (3022)
Shingle Roofing (includes felt paper)

Asphalt Shingles
Wood Shingles
Asbestos Shingles
SF
SF
SF
0.05 (3023)
0.07 (3024)
0.09 (3025)
Corrugated Roofing
Corrugated or V-Crimp Metal
on Wood Purlins
on Metal Framing
SF
SF
0.035 (3026)
0.07 (3027)
SF
SF
0.06 (3028)
0.08 (3029)
Corrugated Asbestos, Cement

on Wood Purlins
on Metal Framing

NOTE:
4 to 12 BUs
1. All estimates are based on 50 percent experienced crews with good supervision.
2. Insulation installation should not exceed that which can be covered with roofing the same day.
3. For below grade waterproofing use 0.75 multiplier for figures listed.
4. Crew size will be dictated by safety, equipment used, scope of work, and the number of operations
involved.
4-89
TABLE 4-95. Sheet Metal Work

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Fabrication
Roof Gutters
Down Spouts
Roof Ridges
Roof Valleys
Flashing
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.05 (3030)
0.05 (3031)
0.04 (3032)
0.04 (3033)
0.06 (3034)
Installation
Roof Gutters
Down Spouts
Roof Ridges
Roof Valleys
Flashing
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.08 (3035)
0.08 (3036)
0.05 (3037)
0.05 (3038)
0.07 (3039)

NOTES:
Three to five SWs
1. Fabrication is usually performed in the sheet metal shop and includes making patterns, cutting,
forming, seaming, soldering, attaching stiffeners, and loading for delivery.
2. Installation includes unloading, storing on site, handling into place, hanging, fastening, and
soldering.
TABLE 4-96. Insulation

Ceilings and Walls
Aluminum Foil; 1- and 2-sided Foil;
Mineral Wool 2" to 6" Batts;
Pouring wool over ceiling at 3-1/2" depth;
Fiberglass insulation; Kraft paper faced, and
Masonry Fill.
Rigid Insulation Board
Walls, Ceilings, and Roofs Perimeter
Foundation Walls

NOTE:
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
SF
0.015 (3040)
SF
0.02 (3041)
Two to six BUs
1. The installation of insulation includes scaffolding when required, fastening insulation into place, and
cutouts in insulation, as required.
4-90
TABLE 4-97. Fastener Requirements for Batts of Insulation

Size of Batt (Inches)
Area of Batt (SF)
Number of Batts
Required
per 100 SF
Number of Staples
Required
per 100 SF
15 X 24
15 X 48
19 X 24
19 X 48
23 X 24
23 X 48
2.50
5.00
3.70
6.33
3.84
7.67
40
20
32
16
26
13
160
160
160
160
160
160
TABLE 4-98. Loose Fill Insulation Requirements

Density of Fill, LB Per CF
6 LB
7 LB
8 LB
9 LB
10 LB
14.1
7.1
4.7
3.5
13.0
6.4
4.2
3.2
Area in SF Covered per CF of Fill

Thickness of
Fill (Inches)
1
2
3
4
21.2
10.6
7.1
5.3
18.0
9.1
6.1
4.6
15.9
8.0
5.3
4.0
4-91
This page is blank
4-92
DIVISION 8. DOORS, WINDOWS, AND GLASS
Page
A.
DOOR INSTALLATION
Table 4-99
Door Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
B.
WINDOW INSTALLATION
Table 4-100 Window Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
C.
GLASS AND GLAZING

Table 4-101 Glass and Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
4-93
This page is blank
4-94
TABLE 4-99. Door Installation

Wood Doors and Frames
Door Frames and Trim
Single Exterior
Double Exterior
Single Interior
Double Interior
Sliding Door Frame
Doors, Fit, Hand, and Lock
Single Exterior
Double Exterior
Single Interior
Double Interior
Screen Doors
Metal Doors
Single
Double
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
3 (6001)
3 (6002)
3 (6003)
4 (6004)
4 (6005)
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
5 (6006)
8 (6007)
5 (6008)
7 (6009)
2 (6010)
EA
EA
6 (6011)
9 (6012)
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
29 (6013)
36 (6014)
20 (6015)
26 (6016)
19 (6017)
EA
EA
EA
8 (6018)
10 (6019)
10 (6020)
FT
0.005 (6021)
Miscellaneous Doors Complete with Trim and Hardware

Rolling, Manual Operated
Rolling, Motor Operated
Sliding, Manual Operated
Sliding, Motor Operated
Sliding, Fire
Garage Doors
Wood 16' X 7'
Aluminum 16' X 7'
Scuttles
Caulking
NOTES:
1. Includes jambs, stops, casings, and weather stripping.

2. Does not include sills or thresholds.
3. On wood doors, if power planes, hinge butt routers, and lock mortisers are used, use 0.75 multiplier
on installation time.
4-95
TABLE 4-100. Window Installation

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Wood Windows
Double Hung
Casement, Single
Fixed, Wood Sash
Jalouse
Skylights
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
4.0 (6022)
4.0 (6023)
3.0 (6024)
2.0 (6025)
8.0 (6026)
Metal Windows
Casement
Commercial Projected
Skylights
Double Hung
EA
EA
EA
EA
2.0 (6027)
2.0 (6028)
2.0 (6029)
9.0 (6030)
Louvers
EA
5.0 (6031)
Screens
EA
2.0 (6032)
Venetian Blinds
EA
2.0 (6033)
Weatherstripping
EA
3.0 (6034)
Caulking
FT
0.003 (6035)

NOTES:
Two to six BUs
1. Installation includes drilling for fasteners, expansion shields, installing plugs, toggle bolts, blocking,
hinges, locks, and other hardware.
2. For special panic device for doors add three hours for single, four hours for double doors.
TABLE 4-101. Glass and Glazing

Small Panes 2-FT. Square or Less

Medium Panes 2- to 6-FT Square
Large Panes 6- to 10-FT Square
Plate Glass Store Fronts 200- to 400- FT Square
NOTES:
Unit
Man-Hours Per
Unit
SF
SF
SF
SF
0.16 (6036)
0.17 (6037)
0.21 (6038)
21.0 (6039)
1. Estimates are based on putty set installation: if installed with metal stops and rubber, double the
man-hour figures; if vinyl set, snap-on triple man-hour figures; for insulated glass use 0.67 multiplier
2. When glazing from outside using scaffolding or swinging staging, one man is required on the ground
to support two glaziers; use 1.5 multiplier
3. For winter work add use 1.25 multiplier.
4. Do not air ship insulated glass units such as Thermopane, Twindow, etc., due to unequal
pressurization.
4-96
DIVISION 9. FINISHES
Page
A.
PLASTER AND STUCCO

Table 4-102 Portland Cement, Stucco, and Plaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
Table 4-103 Material Requirements for Cement, Stucco, and Plaster . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
B.
ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT
Table 4-104 Acoustical Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
C.
FLOORING AND TILING SOFT

Table 4-105 Flooring and Tiling Soft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
Table 4-106 Estimating Floor Tile Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
Table 4-107 Floor Tile Waste Allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
Table 4-108 Mastic Requirements for Resilient Flooring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
D.
WALL COVERING
Table 4-109 Wall Covering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Table 4-110 Estimating Ready Mix Joint Compound and Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
Table 4-111 Estimating Fastener Requirements for Wallboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
E.
PAINTING STRUCTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL

Table 4-112 Painting Structural and Miscellaneous Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
Table 4-113 Fence Metal Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
F.
INTERIOR PAINTING
Table 4-114 Interior Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
G.
EXTERIOR PAINTING
Table 4-115 Drying Times for Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Table 4-116 Coverage for Paints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
Table 4-117 Exterior Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
4-97
This page is blank
4-98
TABLE 4-102. Portland Cement, Stucco, and Plaster

Three Coats on Interior Masonry Units

Three Coats on Exterior Masonry Units
Three Coats on Metal Lath
Install Metal Lath

NOTES:
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
SY
SY
SY
SY
0.42 (7001)
0.28 (7002)
0.62 (7003)
0.1 (7004)
Four to eight BUs
1. Lathing and plastering includes handing material into place; installing furring strips, metal lath, and
mixing plaster; installing and finishing plaster.
TABLE 4-103. Material Requirements for Cement, Stucco, and Plaster

Materials Required per 100 SF of Wall
Mortar: Mixture
Ratio 1:2-1/2
Mortar: Mixture
Ratio 1:3
Thickness
(Inches)
Mortar
CF
Cement
Bags
Sand
CF
Cement
Bags
Sand
CF
1/4
3/8
5/8
3/4
1
2.08
3.13
4.17
5.21
6.25
8.33
0.84
1.26
1.68
2.09
2.51
3.35
2.08
3.14
4.19
5.23
6.28
8.37
0.73
1.10
1.47
1.83
2.20
2.93
2.20
3.30
4.40
5.50
6.60
8.80
TABLE 4-104. Acoustical Treatment

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Acoustical Tile Ceiling

Cemented in Place
Nailed to Furring Strips
SF
SF
0.028 (7005)
0.039 (7006)
Suspension System for Ceiling: Includes Ceiling Panels

Drilling holes in concrete to ecure hangers
SF
SF
0.042 (7007)
0.008 (7101)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to four BUs working in pairs.

NOTES:
1. Acoustical treatment includes layout, fitting and placing ceiling tile, installing suspended ceiling
framework; setting up and moving platform or scaffold along with work.
4-99
TABLE 4-105. Flooring and Tiling Soft

Unit
ManHours
Per Unit
Subflooring: Plywood
1" X 6" and 1" X 8" Laid Straight
1" X 6" and 1" X 8" Diagonal
2" T&G Diagonal
BF
BF
BF
BF
BF
0.019 (7008)
0.025 (7009)
0.031 (7010)
0.025 (7011)
0.030 (7012)
Blocking at Plywood Edges
BF
0.028 (7013)
Finish Flooring
Hardwood Flooring, End Matched, Laid Straight
Softwood Flooring, Laid Straight
BF
BF
0.063 (7014)
0.042 (7015)
SF
0.033 (7016)
Tile with Felt Lining

Linoleum with Felt Lining
SF
SF
0.047 (7017)
0.047 (7018)
Carpet
Roll, Nail Strip and Padding
Tile, 12"
Tile, 24"
SF
SF
SF
0.050 (7079)
0.035 (7080)
0.012 (7081)
Tiling, Soft
Tile cemented directly to Floor:
Asphalt, Rubber, Vinyl, Cork
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Flooring Operations: Two BUs laying Flooring; two BUs sawing
and handling. Tiling Operations: Two to four BUs, as required.
NOTES:
1. Flooring includes measuring, cutting, and installing Subflooring, finish flooring, and soft tile
(asphalt, rubber, vinyl, cork, linoleum); installing building paper under finish floors; adhesive under
tile floors; building paper under soft tile when laid over wooden floors.
2. Hardwood flooring is estimated on 25/32" x 2-1/4"; Softwood flooring is estimated on 25/32" x
3-1/4".
4-100
TABLE 4-106. Estimating Floor Tile Requirements

Tile Size (Inches)
6X6
9X9
12 X 12
Number of Tiles Required

Area SF
NOTE:
INCLUDES WASTE ALLOWANCE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
2
4
6
8
9
11
13
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
40
80
120
160
200
240
280
320
360
18
36
54
72
89
107
125
143
160
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
200
300
400
500
400
800
1200
1600
2000
178
356
534
712
890
100
200
300
400
500
1. To find the number of the required for an area not shown in this table, such as 9" X 9" tile for 550
SF, add the number of tile needed for 50 SF to the number needed for 500 SF. The result is 1,028 tile.
TABLE 4-107. Floor Tile Waste Allowances

Area to be Tiled (SF)
Waste Allowance (Percent)
1 to 50
51 to 100
101 to 200
201 to 500
501 to 1000
Over 1000
14
10
8
7
5
3
4-101
TABLE 4-108. Mastic Requirements for Resilient Floor
NOTE:
Type of Resilient Flooring
Mastic Required GL per 100 SF
Asphalt Tile
Rubber Tile
Plastic Tile
Cork Tile
Linotile
0.33
0.33
0.76
0.91
0.91
1. On gallon covers 300 to 400 square feet. Current coverage for todays products.
TABLE 4-109. Wall Covering

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Finish Walls
Plywood
Insulated Plank
Paneling
SF
SF
SF
0.041 (7019)
0.036 (7020)
0.061 (7021)
Gypsum Wallboard
-Inch Thick (includes Perf Tape System)
Applied on Wall Studs (Wood)
Applied on Ceiling Joists (Wood)
SF
SF
0.033 (7022)
0.039 (7023)

NOTES:
Four to six BUs working in pairs
1. Wall covering includes measuring, cutting, and installing plywood, insulated plank, paneling, and
gypsum wallboard.
2. Estimate is based on installing wall covering only with nails or an adhesive, if any furring nailing
strips, special joining, or fasteners are included, allow extra time.
3. Thin-type paneling should have substantial backing of gypsum board, plaster, or plywood. Inside
corners and ceilings can be scribed to fit.
4. Gypsum wallboard perforated joint system man-hour estimate is based on two applications.
4-102
TABLE 4-110. Estimating Ready Mix Joint Compound and Tape

Gypsum Wallboard
(SF)
Estimated Amount of
Ready Mix Joint Compound
Estimated Amount of
Wallboard Tape
100-200
300-400
500-600
700-800
1 GL
2 GL
3 GL
4 GL
Two 60 FT Rolls
Three 60 FT Rolls
One 250 FT Roll
One 60 FT. Roll
900-1000
1-5 GL Pail
One 250 FT Roll

Two 60 FT Rolls
One 500 FT Roll
NOTES:
1. In the adhesive and nail-on method, gypsum board adhesive is applied to the joists and studs before
each piece of wallboard is positioned and mailed. The adhesive is applied to the framing member from a
caulking gum in about 3/8-inch diameter bead. For each 1000 SF of wallboard use eight quart size tubes
of adhesive.
2. Using your sketch, determine the lengths and number of boards required. Nails can be estimated
from table 4-95.
TABLE 4-111. Estimating Fastener Requirements for Wallboard

Type of Wall Board
Gypsum
Perforated Hardboard
Plant T&G Board
Plant T&G Board
Plywood Panels
Rock Lath
Tempered Tileboard
Tempered Tileboard
Size of Panels
(Inches)
48 X 96
48 X 96
8 X 96
12 X 96
48 X 96
16 X 96
48 X 48
48 X 48
Fastening Method
Nailed to Studs
Nailed to Studs
Nailed to Studs
Nailed to Studs
Nailed to Studs or Wall
Nailed to Studs
Nailed to Studs
Adhesive Applied to Wall
4-103
Amount of
Adhesive
(in GL) or Nails
(in LB) required
per 100 SF
1.00 LB
4.00 LB
2.00 LB
2.00 LB
1.25 LB
5.00 LB
1.00 LB
1.50 GL
TABLE 4-112. Painting Structural and Miscellaneous Steel

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Structural Steel, per coat

Brush
Spray
Wire Brush Clean
Sandblasting
TN
TN
TN
TN
3.0 (7024)
2.0 (7025)
4.0 (7026)
6.0 (7027)
Miscellaneous Iron and Steel, per coat

Brush
Wire Brush Clean
TN
TN
5.0 (7028)
5.0 (7029)

NOTE:
Brush Painting: four to eight men. Spray Painting: One to

two men spraying, one or two tending
1. Structural steel painting includes removing rust, scale, oil, grease, and dirt; mixing and applying
paint; sanding between coats when required.
2. For wire brush cleaning and sandblasting see table 101.
TABLE 4-113. Fence Metal Painting

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Fence Posts
2.5 inches to 3.5 inches diameter
4.0 inches to 5.0 inches diameter
6.0 inches diameter
FT
FT
FT
0.021 (7030)
0.03 (7031)
0.033 (7032)
Paint Fence Fabric with Roller and Brush
SF
0.015 (7033)
NOTE:
1. Fence metal painting includes removing rust, scale, oil, grease, and dirt; mixing, and applying
paint.
4-104
TABLE 4-114. Interior Painting

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Brush Painting, per coat

Wood Flat Work
Doors and Windows Area
Trim
Plaster, Sand Finish
Plaster, Smooth Finish
Plasterboard
Masonry
Metal
Varnish Flat Work
Enamel Flat Work
Enamel Trim
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
0.011 (7034)
0.012 (7035)
0.009 (7036)
0.01 (7037)
0.01 (7038)
0.008 (7039)
0.012 (7040)
0.012 (7041)
0.009 (7042)
0.007 (7043)
0.013 (7044)
Roller Painting, per coat

Wood Flat Work
Doors
Plaster, Sand Finish
Plaster, Smooth Finish
Plasterboard
Masonry
Metal
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
0.007 (7045)
0.009 (7046)
0.004 (7047)
0.005 (7048)
0.005 (7049)
0.005 (7050)
0.007 (7051)
Spray Painting, per coat

Wood Flat Work
Plaster, Plasterboard
Masonry
Metal
SF
SF
SF
SF
0.004 (7052)
0.004 (7053)
0.004 (7054)
0.005 (7055)
FT
of Joint
0.054 (7056)
SF
0.012 (7057)
SF
0.021 (7058)
Taping, Flushing Joints,

Sanding Plasterboard
Sanding Wood Floors
Finish Wood Floors
Sealer and One Finish Coat
NOTE:
1. The painting of interior surfaces includes surface preparation, mixing paint materials, and
application of paint to surface.
4-105
TABLE 4-115. Drying Times For Finishes

Material
Lacquer
Lacquer Sealer
Paste Wood Filler
Paste Wood Filler (Quick Dry)
Water Stain
Oil Stain
Spirit Stain
Shading Stain
Non-Grain Raising Stain
NGR Stain (Quick Dry)
Pigment Oil Stain
Pigment Oil Stain (Quick Dry)
Shellac
Shellac (Wash Coat)
Varnish
Varnish (Quick Dry, Synthetic)
Average Drying Time:
Tough
Recoat
Rub
1 to 10 min.
1 to 10 min.
------1 hour
1 hour
zero
zero
15 min.
2 min.
1 hour
1 hour
15 min.
2 min.
1 hour 30 min.
30 min.
1.5 to 3 hours
30-45 min.
24-48 hours
3-4 hours
12 hours
24 hours
10 min.
zero
3 hours
15 min.
12 hours
3 hours
2 hours
30 min.
18-24 hours
4 hours
16-24 hours
1 hour (sand)
------------------------------12-18 hours
---24-48 hours
12-24 hours
Different products will vary.
4-106
TABLE 4-116. Coverage for Paints

Square Feet to Gallon
Material
1 Coat
2 Coats
3 Coats
Enamels
500
250
195
Flat Wall Paint: White/light

colors on smooth finish
575
290
215
Flat Wall Paint: Dark colors on

rough sand finish
725
365
240
Inside Floor Paint
500
275
----
Outside House Paint:

White/light tints, porous woods
475
255
190
Outside House Paint;

White/light tints, close grained
woods
525
275
190
Outside House Paint: Dark

colors, grey, tan, porous grained
woods
525
280
215
Outside House Paint: Dark

colors, grey, ten, close grained
woods
575
300
215
Stain: Wood tints
500
----
----
Refer to manufacturers' specifications and coverage figure.
4-107
TABLE 4-117. Exterior Painting
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Brush Painting, per coat

Masonry
Metal, Flat
Metal Roofing and Siding
Steel Sash, area of opening
Trim
Wood Siding
Wood Doors and Windows, area of opening
SF
SF
FT
SF
SF
SF
SF
0.012 (7059)
0.012 (7060)
0.01 (7061)
0.009 (7062)
0.011 (7063)
0.012 (7064)
0.012 (7065)
Roller Painting, per coat

Doors
Masonry
Metal, Flat
SF
SF
SF
0.009 (7066)
0.01 (7067)
0.009 (7068)
Spray Painting, per coat

Airfield Lines and Numbers, including Glass Beads
Doors
Masonry
Metal, Flat
Metal Roofing and Siding
Wood Siding
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
0.014 (7069)
0.009 (7070)
0.008 (7071)
0.007 (7072)
0.008 (7073)
0.005 (7074)
Cementitious Paint, including curing
SF
0.016 (7075)
Sandblasting Steel
SF
0.066 (7076)
Wirebrush Cleaning of Steel
SF
0.038 (7077)
Waterproofing on Masonry: clean and spray
SF
0.014 (7078)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: One to five men spraying; one to five men tending (one man is used
to mix and prepare paint for larger crews). Sandblasting crew a
minimum of four.
NOTES:
1. Surface preparation for exterior painting includes removing mill scale from metal surfaces with wire
brushes or by sandblasting, removing dust with brush or cloth, removing oil and grease, masking and
taping adjacent surfaces, removing masking and taping. Sometimes it is necessary to lightly sand
between coats, or size and fill porous materials before painting, all of which is surface preparation.
2. Labor for erecting scaffolding not included.
4-108
DIVISION 10. SPECIALTIES

A.
Page
INSTALL PARTITIONS AND MISCELLANEOUS METAL PRODUCTS
Table 4-118 Install Partitions and Miscellaneous Metal Products . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
B.
BULLETIN BOARDS, CHALKBOARDS, DIRECTORY BOARDS,

AND BATHROOM ACCESSORIES
Table 4-119 Bulletin Boards, Chalkboards, Directory Boards,
and Bathroom Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
C.
MANUFACTURE WOOD CABINETS

Table 4-120 Manufacture Wood Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110
4-109
This page is blank
4-110
TABLE 4-118. Install Partitions and Miscellaneous Metal Products

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Partitions
Panel
Single Panel Doors
Swing Door, mesh
Toilet Stalls, complete with doors
Wire Mesh
SF
EA
EA
Stall
SF
0.104 (5039)
6.5 (5040)
4.0 (5041)
10.0 (5042)
0.048 (5043)
Lockers
EA
Shelf and Bin Units

Security Grills, including track and hardware
2.0 (5044)
SF of
back area
0.16 (5046)
SF
0.22 (5047)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to four men

NOTE:
1. Installation of miscellaneous metal products includes unloading, handing into place, installing
fastening devices including drilling, fastening metal products in place, and installing hardware and trim.
TABLE 4-119. Bulletin Boards, Chalkboards, Directory Boards,

and Bathroom Accessories
Bulletin Boards, Chalkboards, Directory Boards
Bathroom Accessories
One Set: Mirror and Shelf; Towel Rack;
Soap Holder; Soap Dispenser; Paper Holder;
Paper Towel Dispenser
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
SF
0.05 (5048)
Each
Set
5.0 (5049)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two men or more depending on scope of job

NOTE:
1. Installation of specialties include unloading, storing at site, handling into place, installing fastening
devices including drilling, plugging, anchoring, leveling, and plumbing as needed for bulletin boards,
chalkboards, directory boards, and bathroom accessories.
4-111
TABLE 4-120. Manufacture Wood Cabinets

Manufacture Kitchen Cabinets: Based on 8' Lengths
Base Unit, no drawers
Base Unit, with drawers
Sink Unit
Wall Unit
Work Top, including laminated plastic covering
Manufacture Book Shelves (cases)
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
EA
EA
EA
EA
FT
20.0 (5050)
32.0 (5051)
24.0 (5052)
20.0 (5053)
0.375 (5054)
FT of
Shelf
Install Pre-Manufactured Cabinets

2' to 4' (small)
4' to 6' (medium)
6' to 10' (large)
EA
EA
EA
0.5 (5055)
1.5 (5056)
2.0 (5057)
3.0 (5058)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to six BUs

NOTES:
1. The operation of the wood fabrication shop (carpentry shop) includes handling and storing materials,
cutting, fitting, planning, mortising, fastening together.
2. The laminated plastic covering should not be attached to the work top until the base unit is set and
work top fitted securely in place. A water base contact adhesive (waterproof type) is ideal for bonding
laminate because it can be smoothly applied with paint brush or roller and easily cleaned with water.
4-112
DIVISION 11. ARCHITECTURAL EQUIPMENT

A.
LIMITED APPLICATION TO NORMAL SEABEE CONSTRUCTION
B.
CONSULT OTHER APPROPRIATE TABLES AS INDICATED BY DESIGN,

MATERIALS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND MANUFACTURERS DATA
DIVISION 12. FURNISHINGS
A.
CONSULT OTHER APPROPRIATE TABLES AS INDICATED BY DESIGN,

MATERIALS, SPECIFICATIONS AND MANUFACTURERS DATA
DIVISION 13. SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
Tables formerly contained in this division were based on Naval Facilities Engineering
Command (NAVFACENGCOM) drawings in the NAVFAC P-437,Facilities Planning Guide.
Volume 1 of the NAVFAC P-437, now on CD ROM, contains preengineered facility
designs and corresponding material lists. These designs relate primarily to expected needs at
advanced bases and to the Advanced Base Functional Component (ABFC) System. Use of these
designs to satisfy peacetime requirements is appropriate. Facilities, logistic, and construction
planners will find the information required to select and document the material necessary to
construct facilities. All drawings contained in Volume 1 are reproducible on a CD ROM printer.
Volume 2 of the NAVFAC P-437, now on diskette or on CD ROM, contains the data
display for Volume 1. Components are divided into facilities, facilities are divided into assemblies,
and assemblies are divided into individual material lists, complete with National Stock Numbers
(NSN) and costs. Each division level reflects manpower requirements by Occupational Field
Thirteen (OF-13) Seabee rates. These requirements are by total Man-days, with partial man-days
have been rounded to the next full day, and are based on information derived from this handbook.
DIVISION 14. CONVEYING SYSTEMS
A.
LIMITED APPLICATION TO NORMAL SEABEE OPERATIONS
B.
CONSULT OTHER APPROPRIATE TABLES AS INDICATED BY DESIGN

MATERIALS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND MANUFACTURERS DATA
4-113
This page is blank
4-114
DIVISION 15. MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION

A.
PIPE AND FITTINGS

Table 4-121 Install Cast Iron No Hub Pipe and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-122 Install Types K, L, and M Copper Pipe with
Cast or Wrought Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-123 Install Threaded or Flanged Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-124 Install Steel Grooved Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-125 Install CPVC/PVC Solvent Welded Pipe and Fittings. . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-126 Install Concrete Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-127 Install Pipe Insulation and Lagging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-128 Finish Plumbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-129 Install Compressed Air Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-130 Install Fire Protection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-131 Install Galley Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
4-115
4-115
4-116
4-117
4-118
4-118
4-119
4-120
4-121
4-122
4-122
B.
HEATING EQUIPMENT
Table 4-132 Install Warm Air Furnaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
Table 4-133 Install Heating Boilers, Expansion Tanks, and
Hot Water Storage Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Table 4-134 Duct Sheet Metal and Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
C.
AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT

Table 4-135 Install Air Conditioners, Dehumidifiers, and Refrigerators . . . . . . . 4-126
Table 4-136 Refrigerant Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
4-115
This page is blank
4-116
TABLE 4-121. Install Cast Iron No Hub Pipe and Fittings

(in Man-Hours)
UNIT
2IN
3IN
4IN
6IN
8IN
12IN
Pipe
FT
0.09
0.14
0.18
0.26
0.37
0.52
(8001) (8002) (8003) (8004) (8005) (8006)
Bends
EA
0.42
0.49
0.63
0.95
1.19
1.75
(8013) (8014) (8015) (8016) (8017) (8018)
Combination Wyes, Tees
EA
0.84
0.95
1.26
1.89
2.38
2.42
(8019) (8020) (8021) (8022) (8023) (8024)
Reducing Wyes, Tees/Combination
EA
0.77
0.84
1.16
1.75
2.31
2.73
(8025) (8026) (8027) (8028) (8029) (8030)
1-1/4 to 1-1/2 to 2 Tees, Tapped
EA
0.42
0.49
0.63
0.95
1.00
1.75
(8031) (8032) (8033) (8034) (8035) (8036)
Crosses, Tapped
EA
0.84
0.95
1.26
1.89
2.42
4.69
(8037) (8038) (8039) (8040) (8041) (8042)
Reducers
EA
0.77
0.84
1.16
1.68
2.17
4.59
(8043) (8044) (8045) (8046) (8047) (8048)
Plugs, Clean-out Traps, Closet Bends
EA
0.42
0.49
0.63
0.95
1.19
(8049) (8050) (8051) (5052) (8053)
1.75
(8054)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Three to six UTs

NOTES:
1. Lifting equipment will be required on larger sizes.

2. Straping and securing included in Man-Hour estimate .
TABLE 4-122. Install Types K, L, and M Copper Pipe with Cast or Wrought Fittings
(In Man-Hours)
ITEM
Unit
1/8 1/2"
3/4"
1"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
2"
2-1/2"
3"
3-1/2"
4"
Adapters,
Caps
EA
.25
(8055
)
.28
(8056
)
.41
(8057
)
.64
(8058
)
.74
(8059
)
.98
(8060
)
1.31
(8061
)
1.74
(8062
)
1.90
(8063
)
2.40
(8064)
Couplings
Elbows
EA
Tees
EA
.41
(8065
)
.47
(8066
)
.65
(8067
)
1.00
(8068
)
1.25
(8069
)
1.67
(8070
)
2.23
(8071
)
2.98
(8072
)
3.20
(8073
)
Unions
EA
.62
(8075
)
.71
(8076
)
.98
(8077
)
1.61
(8078
)
1.88
(8079
)
2.50
(8080
)
3.35
(8081
)
4.47
(8082
)
4.92
(8083
)
Valves,
Solder
EA
.46
(8085
)
.53
(8086
)
.74
(8087
)
1.17
(8088
)
1.37
(8089
)
1.82
(8090
)
2.43
(8091
)
3.23
(8092
)
3.55
(8093
)
Pipe and
Tubin
FT
.56
(8095
)
.62
(8096
)
.88
(8097
)
1.29
(8098
)
1.55
(8099
)
2.26
(8100
)
2.98
(8101
)
3.88
(8102
)
4.62
(8103
)
.022
(8105
)
.025
(8106
)
0.28
(8107
)
.040
(8108
)
.043
(8109
)
.043
(8110
)
.047
(8111
)
.065
(8112
)
.074
(8113
)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to eight UTs

NOTES:
1. Use 1.15 multiplier for silver solder joints.
2. Use 1.1 multiplier for overall tasking for straping and securing.
4-117
3.28
(8074)
5.14
(8084)
3.73
(8094)
4.92
(8104)
0.149
(8114)
TABLE 4-123. Install Threaded or Flanged Steel Pipe

(In Man-Hours)
Item
Unit
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
2"
3"
4"
6"
Pipe
FT
0.07
(8119)
0.07
(8120)
0.09
(8121)
0.10
(8122)
0.10
(8123)
0.12
(8124)
0.16
(8125)
0.19
(8126)
0.28
(8127)
Elbows, Couplings,
Reducers
EA
0.45
(8128)
0.57
(8129)
0.69
(8130)
0.81
(8131)
0.90
(8132)
1.01
(8133)
1.55
(8134)
2.18
(8135)
3.31
(8136)
Tees
EA
0.67
(8137)
0.85
(8138)
1.03
(8139)
1.21
(8140)
1.34
(8141)
1.52
(8142)
2.33
(8143)
3.27
(8144)
4.97
(8145)
Caps, Plugs,
Bushings
EA
0.25
(8146)
0.33
(8147)
0.37
(8148)
0.43
(8149)
0.48
(8150)
0.54
(8151)
0.82
(8152)
1.12
(8153)
1.72
(8154)
EA
0.90
(8155)
1.13
(8156)
1.37
(8157)
1.61
(8158)
1.79
(8159)
2.03
(8160)
3.10
(8161)
4.36
(8162)
6.63
(8163)
EA
0.09
(8164)
0.12
(8165)
0.15
(8166)
0.18
(8167)
0.18
(8168)
0.22
(8169)
0.34
(8170)
0.59
(8171)
0.60
(8172)
EA
0.54
(8173)
0.67
(8174)
0.82
(8175)
0.99
(8176)
1.07
(8177)
1.19
(8178)
1.82
(8179)
2.63
(8180)
3.99
(8181)
EA
0.45
(8182)
0.45
(8183)
0.45
(8184)
0.49
(8185)
0.49
(8186)
0.49
(8187)
0.55
(8188)
0.90
(8189)
0.98
(8190)
EA
0.48
(8191)
0.60
(8192)
0.72
(8193)
0.83
(8194)
0.93
(8195)
1.04
(8196)
1.58
(8197)
2.21
(8198)
3.34
(8199)
Crosses
Nipples
Valves (Screw Type)
Flanges
Unions
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to six UTs

NOTE:
1. Includes cutting, fitting, installation.
4-118
TABLE 4-124. Install Steel Grooved Pipe (Single or Double Groove)

(In Man-Hours)
Pipe Size
(Inches)
UNIT
1"
2"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"
Elbows,
Reducers
EA
.16
(8501)
.21
(8502)
.42
.60
(8503) (8504)
.62
(8505)
.83
.96
1.08
1.37
(8506) (8507) (8508) (8509)
1.58
1.79
(8510) (8511)
Tees
EA
.23
(8512)
.31
(8513)
.62
.90
(8514) (8515)
.94
(8516)
1.25
1.44
1.62
2.03
(8517) (8518) (8519) (8520)
2.37
2.68
(8521) (8522)
Adapters
EA
.13
(8523)
.16
(8524)
.40
.59
(8525) (8526)
.61
(8527)
.66
.77
.98
1.16
(8528) (8529) (8530) (8531)
1.34
1.48
(8532) (8533)
Crosses
EA
.29
(8534)
.39
(8535)
.80
1.10
(8536) (8537)
1.19
(8538)
1.59
1.84
2.06
2.59
(8539) (8540) (8541) (8542)
3.01
3.39
(8543) (8544)
Valves
EA
.16
(8545)
.21
(8546)
.42
.60
(8547) (8548)
.63
(8549)
.83
.96
1.08
1.29
(8550) (8551) (8552) (8553)
1.58
1.79
(8554) (8555)
Couplings (77)
EA
.08
(8556)
.10
(8557)
.21
.30
(8558) (8559)
.31
(8560)
.42
.48
.54
.68
(8561) (8562) (8563) (8564)
.79
.89
(8565) (8566)
Couplings
(780/81)
EA
.06
(8567)
.07
(8568)
.16
.23
(8569) (8570)
.24
(8571)
.31
.36
.40
.51
(8572) (8573) (8574) (8575)
.59
.66
(8576) (8577)
Wyes
EA
.24
(8578)
.35
(8579)
.60
.88
(8580) (8581)
.90
(8582)
1.19
1.38
1.51
1.91
(8583) (8584) (8585) (8586)
2.21
2.52
(8587) (8588)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to four UTs

NOTES:
1. Lifting equipment will be required on larger sized (12 inches and above.)
2. Time includes placing and leveling.
4-119
14"
16"
18"
TABLE 4-125. Install CPVC/PVC Solvent Welded Pipe and Fittings (Schedule 40)
(In Man-Hours)
Pipe Size (Inches)
Unit
1/23/4"
1"
1-1/2"
2"
2-1/2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
10-12"
EA
.20
(8201)
.30
(8211)
.22
(8221)
.28
(8231)
.15
(8241)
.30
(8251)
.40
(8261)
.02
(8271)
.20
(8202)
.30
(8212)
.22
(8222)
.28
(8232)
.15
(8242)
.30
(8252)
.40
(8262)
.03
(8272)
.20
(8203)
.30
(8213)
.22
(8223)
.28
(8233)
.15
(8243)
.30
(8253)
.45
(8263)
.05
(8273)
.20
(8204)
.30
(8214)
.22
(8224)
.28
(8234)
.15
(8244)
.33
(8254)
.45
(8264)
.06
(8274)
.30
(8205)
.35
(8215)
.43
(8225)
.33
(8235)
.20
(8245)
.37
(8255)
.45
(8265)
.07
(8275)
0.35
(8206)
.40
(8216)
.53
(8226)
.40
(8236)
.20
(8246)
.37
(8256)
.55
(8266)
.10
(8276)
.40
(8207)
.55
(8217)
.65
(8227)
.40
(8237)
.25
(8247)
.60
(8257)
.60
(8267)
.10
(8277)
.45
(8208)
.60
(8218)
.65
(8228)
.45
(8238)
.30
(8248)
.60
(8258)
.65
(8268)
.13
(8278)
.45
(8209)
.60
(8219)
.70
(8229)
.45
(8239)
.30
(8249)
.65
(8259)
.65
(8269)
.13
(8279)
.50
(8210)
.65
(8220)
.75
(8230)
.50
(8240)
.35
(8250)
.70
(8260)
.70
(8270)
.19
(8280)
45-900 Els and

Couplings
Tees
EA
Adapters
EA
Unions
EA
Flanges
EA
Bolt-Up
EA
Valves
EA
Pipe
FT
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to four UTs

NOTES:
1. Figures include cleaning, applying solvent and drying time, installation of hangers and supports.
2. PVC Solvent will not work with CPVC. Each must have their own solvent cement.
3. For Schedule 80 pipe use 1.5 multiplier.
TABLE 4-126. Install Concrete Pipe

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
12-Inch Diameter
18-Inch Diameter
24-Inch Diameter
30-Inch Diameter
36-Inch Diameter
48-Inch Diameter
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
.2 (8291)
.34 (8292)
.46 (8293)
.80 (8294)
1.0 (8295)
1.17 (8296)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Four to eight UTs

NOTES:
1. Lifting equipment required for all sizes of concrete pipe.

2. Man-hours estimates for manholes or catch basins based on making tie into existing manholes or
catch basins.
3. Types of cement pipe joins: concrete, oakum, mortar, and speed seal.
4-120
TABLE 4-127. Install Pipe Insulation and Lagging

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Install Magnesia Covering:

1-1/2 inch and smaller
2 inch to 3 inch
3-1/2 inch to 4 inch
5 inch to 6 inch
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.30 (8297)
0.35 (8298)
0.40 (8299)
0.45 (8300)
Install Fiberglass Covering with Metal:

2 inch to 3 inch
4 inch to 6 inch
6 inch to 8 inch
8 inch to 10 inch
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.30 (8301)
0.35 (8302)
0.40 (8203)
0.45 (8304
0.50 (8305)
0.70 (8306)
Install Molded Cork Covering:

2 inch to 3 inch
FT
FT
FT
0.30 (8307)
0.35 (8308)
0.50 (8309)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to six UTs, depending on pipe size and job scope
NOTE:
1. Work includes the following items: mudding fittings and valves; installing metal lagging; and
water proofing valves and fittings.
4-121
TABLE 4-128. Finished Plumbing

Bathtub
Bathtub and Shower
Floor Drain (to 4-inch diameter)
Grease Trap, Single Cast Iron
Kitchen Sink, Single
Kitchen Sink, Double
Laundry Tubs
Lavatory, Wall Hung
Lavatory, Pedestal
Shower and Stall
Service Sink, Slop Sink
Urinal, Wall Hung
Urinal, Pedestal or Floor
Water Closet and Tank
Water Closet and Tank, Wall Hung
Water Heater, Electric:
Plumbing only 40-60 gals., and Vent
Drinking Fountains, Wall Hung or Floor Mounted
Test (per fixture)
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
9.0 (8310)
9.0 (8311)
2.0 (8312)
6.0 (8313)
3.0 (8314)
4.0 (8315)
5.0 (8316)
3.0 (8317)
5.0 (8318)
5.0 (8319)
6.0 (8320)
2.5 (8321)
3.0 (8322)
3.0 (8323)
5.0 (8324)
EA
EA
EA
3.0 (8325)
3.0 (8326)
0.75 (8327)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: One to two UTs

NOTE:
1. Work includes setting and connecting all supply piping, plumbing fixtures and trim.
4-122
TABLE 4-129. Install Compressed Air System

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Supply Piping
1/2 inch
1/4 inch
1 inch
1-1/2 inch
2 inch
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.07 (8328)
0.07 (8329)
0.09 (8330)
0.09 (8331)
0.12 (8332)
Valves
1/2 inch
3/4 inch
1 inch
1-1/2 inch
2 inch
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
0.53 (8333)
0.67 (8334)
0.82 (8335)
1.00 (8336)
1.00 (8337)
Hangers, Overhead Wood Joists or Concrete Insert

1/2 inch
3/4 inch
1 inch
1-1/2 inch
2 inch
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
0.50 (8338)
0.50 (8339)
0.50 (8340)
0.60 (8341)
0.60 (8342)
Install Hose Reels
EA
4.00 (8343)
Install Electric Driven Compressor Tank

5 CFM to 20 CFM
25 CFM to 50 CFM
EA
EA
11.00 (8344)
14.00 (8345)
Install Electric Motor and Compressor on Anchor Bolts

100 CFM to 250 CFM
275 CFM to 500 CFM
550 CFM to 750 CFM
EA
EA
EA
24.00 (8346)
47.00 (8347)
60.00 (8348)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to four UTs, depending on job scope

NOTES:
1. Use 1.2 multiplier if gas or diesel engines are used.

2. Use 1.1 multiplier for scaffold or ladder work.
4-123
TABLE 4-130. Install Fire Protection Systems

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Riser and Supply Piping, including Valves. (See tables 4-105 or 4-107)
Sprinkler Heads, including Laterals and Hangers
Pendant
Upright
EA
EA
2.0 (8349)
1.5 (8350)
Hose Cabinets, complete with Glass Door, Hose and Nozzle
EA
15.0 (8351)
Hose Racks, complete with Nozzle
EA
9.0 (8352)
Does not include Electrical Alarm System
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to four UTs, depending on scope of job
TABLE 4-131. Install Galley Equipment

Deep Fat Fryer (Electric0
Dishwasher (3HP, 208 Volts, 3PH)
Grill (208 Volts)
Kittle, 20-60 gals.
Oven Bake (Oil Fired)
Range (Oil Fired)
Refrigerator, 15 CF, and smaller
Refrigerator, 20 to 60 CF
Steam Talbe
Urn (Steam)
Work Tables
Cooker
Man-Hours
Per Unit
6.0 (8353)
16.0 (8354)
6.0 (8355)
12.0 (8356)
10.0 (8357)
10.0 (8358)
4.0 (8359)
8.0 (8360)
16.0 (8361)
8.0 (8362)
1.0 (8363)
8.0 (8364)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to four UTs, depending on size of equipment and job scope
NOTES:
1. Man-hour estimates include assembly and placing equipment. Figures include traps and strainer,
vals and drip legs, relief val, reducing vals.
2. Does not include hard wiring to panel.
4-124
TABLE 4-132. Install Warm Air Furnaces

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Set and Connect Warm Air Furnaces Complete(less Duct,

Diffusers, and Hard Wiring)
100,000 BTU and smaller
105,000 BTU to 145,000 BTU
145,000 BTU to 280,000 BTU
450,000 BTU to 750,000 BTU
1,000,000 BTU to 2,000,000 BTU
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
17.0 (8365)
36.0 (8366)
56.0 (8367)
109.0 (8368)
159.0 (8369)
Fuel Oil Storage Tanks Set on Floor

275 to 500 GL
1,000 to 2,000 GL
5,000 GL
EA
EA
EA
15.0 (8370)
28.0 (8371)
55.0 (8372)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to four UTs, depending on size of equipment and job scope
NOTES:
1. Man-hour figures include the positioning and connecting of units complete with fans, filters, safety
controls, and light oil burners.
2. Man-hour figures for installation of fuel storage tanks set on floors includes supports, saddles,
coatings, and fittings.
4-125
TABLE 4-133. Install Heating Boilers, Expansion Tanks, and

Hot Water Storage Heaters (Heat Exchangers)
Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Set and connect Iron Sectional Boilers with

Insulating Jacket and Safety Devices
95,000 BTU/Hr. and smaller
100,000 to 250,000 BTU/Hr.
260,000 to 450,000 BTU/Hr.
500,000 to 750,000 BTU/Hr.
800,000 to 1,000,000 BTU/Hr.
1,050,000 to 1,500,000 BTU/Hr.
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
21.0 (8373)
29.0 (8374)
43.0 (8375)
60.0 (8376)
90.0 (8377)
127.0 (8378)
Set and connect Expansion Tanks

50 GL and smaller
55 to 100 GL
EA
EA
8.0 (8379)
13.0 (8380)
Set and connect Hot Water Storage Heaters

80 GL and smaller
81 to 150 GL
151 to 300 GL
EA
EA
EA
12.0 (8381)
17.0 (8382)
33.0 (8383)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to four UTs, depending on equipment size and job scope. Two
EOs required for larger equipment item placement
NOTES:
1. Mechanical or powered lifting equipment required for larger items.

2. Piping and electrical systems not included in man-hour figures.
3. For steel packed boilers use 0.8 multiplier.
4-126
TABLE 4-134. Duct Sheet Metal and Fiberglass

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.340 (8384)
0.650 (8385)
0.980 (8386)
1.220 (8387)
1.490 (8388)
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.420 (8389)
0.700 (8390)
1.440 (8391)
2.000 (8392)
2.640 (8393)
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.525 (8407)
0.875 (8408)
1.8 (8409)
2.5 (8410)
3.3 (8411)
Insulate Sheet Metal Duct
FT
0.060 (8394)
Install Fibre Duct for Slab Heating or Cooling System

6-inch inside diameter
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.020 (8395)
0.022 (8396)
0.022 (8397)
0.025 (8398)
0.032 (8399)
0.042 (8400)
0.060 (8401)
Fabrication
FT
0.280 (8402)
EA
EA
EA
EA
0.030 (8403)
0.090 (8404)
0.100 (8405)
0.130 (8406)
Fabricate Sheet Metal Duct

20-inch to 94-inch perimeter
Install Sheet Metal Duct (rectangular)
Install Sheet Metal Duct (round)
20-inch to 94-inch perimiter
Installation includes Hangers, does not include Grills and Registers

Grills and Registers (Plaster Ground)
4 inch X 8 inch
6 inch X 12 inch
16 inch X 16 inch
20 inch X 36 inch
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to six SWs, depending on job scope

NOTES:
1. Fabrication is to be performed in the sheet metal shop.

2. Time for grills and registers will vary according to type of materials used in ceilings and walls.
3. Installation of fiberglass duct will vary with manufacturer.
4-127
TABLE 4-135. Install Air Conditioners, Dehumidifiers, and Refrigerators

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Install Window Type Air Conditioners

1/2 to 3/4 ton
1 to 1-1/2 ton
2 ton
EA
EA
EA
3.0 (8413)
5.0 (8414)
7.0 (8415)
Install Self-Contained Air Conditioning Units

3 to 5 ton
5 to 8 ton
10 to 15 ton
EA
EA
EA
24.0 (8416)
32.0 (8417)
48.0 (8418)
Install Air Conditioning Equipment

25 ton system
26 to 50 ton system
51 to 785 ton system
76 to 100 ton system
EA
EA
EA
EA
240.0 (8419)
384.0 (8420)
560.0 (8421)
840.0 (8422)
Set and Connect Dehumidifiers (per CUBIC FOOT of space)
CF
0.002 (8423)
Heat Pumps, Air-to-Air Split Systems

2 ton cooling - 8.5 MBH heating
5 ton cooling - 27 MBH heating
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
20.0 (8424)
47.0 (8425)
79.0 (8426)
94.0 (8427)
137.0 (8428)
397.0 (8429)
Heat Pumps, Air-to-Air Single Package

2 ton cooling - 6.5 MBH heating
EA
EA
EA
EA
20.0 (8430)
23.0 (8431)
59.0 (8432)
117.0 (8433)
Water Chillers, Reciprocating Air Cooled

20 ton
40 ton
65 ton
100 ton
EA
EA
EA
EA
143.0 (8434)
191.0 (8435)
340.0 (8436)
477.0 (8437)
Water Chillers, Water Cooled

20 ton
50 ton
100 ton
140 ton
EA
EA
EA
EA
131.0 (8438)
226.0 (8439)
397.0 (8440)
529.0 (8441)
Erect and Connect Walk-In Refrigerators

150 CF
600 CF
1800 CF
4000 CF
EA
EA
EA
EA
6.0 (8442)
42.0 (8443)
50.0 (8444)
92.0 (8445)
Testing
Self contain unit (A/c, Heat Pump, Refrigirator up to 200 CF)
Unit 1/2-15 ton
Unit 15-25 ton
Unit 26-50 ton
Unit 51-75 ton
Unit 76-100 ton
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
2.0 (8446)
8.0 (8447)
12.0 (8448)
16..0 (8449)
24.0 (8450)
32.0 (8451)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two to six UTs

NOTES:
1. Man-hour figures setting and connecting all equipment except remote coils or units
2. Man-hour figures do not include the installation of piping or electrical between various pieces of
equipment, installation of ductwork or diffusers, curbs, or slabs.
4-128
TABLE 4-136. Refrigerant Recovery

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Recover Refrigerant
1/2 to 3/4 ton
1 to 1-1/2 ton
2 ton
TN
TN
TN
1.00 (8461)
1.50 (8462)
2.25 (8463)
Retrofit to Non-CFC Refrigerant

1/2 to 3/4 ton unit
1 to 1-1/2 ton unit
2 to 3 ton unit
3-1/2 to 5 ton unit
5-1/2 to 8 ton unit
8-1/2 to 12 ton unit
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
4.00 (8471)
7.00 (8472)
12.00 (8473)
16.00 (8474)
22.00 (8475)
30.00 (8476)
NOTES:
1. Man-hour figures may vary by ambient temperature and capacity of recovery unit.
2. Retrofit figures include four-step process: (a) Recover refrigerant; (b) Empty oil; (c) Change
filter/drier to XH7/9; (d) Fill new oil; (e) Evacuate system; (f) Recharge non-CFC refrigerant.
3. Repeat steps four times.
4-129
This page is blank
4-130
DIVISION 16. ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION

A.
OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

Table 4-137 Electrical Line Work:
General Information on Setting Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-138 Digging Pole and Anchor Holes:
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-139 Overhead Primary and Secondary Conductors and Devices . . . . . . .
Table 4-140 Street and Security Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-141 Athletic Facility Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
4-131
4-131
4-132
4-133
4-134
B.
UNDERGROUND SYSTEMS
Table 4-142 Underground Power Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135
C.
WIRING SYSTEMS
Table 4-143 Electrical Rough-In (Housing and Barracks) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-144 Electrical Finish and Trim (Housing and Barracks) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-145 Electrical Rough-In (Industrial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-146 Conduit Spacings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-147 Electrical Finish and Trim (Industrial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D.
TRANSFORMER AND SUBSTATION EQUIPMENT

Table 4-148 Substation Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140
E.
BURGLAR AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS

Table 4-149 Fire Alarm and Signal Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
F.
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Table 4-150 Overhead Telephone Line Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-151 Interior Telephone Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-152 Underground Telephone Line Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4-153 Installing Intercommunication Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-131
4-136
4-137
4-138
4-139
4-139
4-142
4-142
4-143
4-144
This page is blank
4-132
TABLE 4-137. Electrical Line Work:

General Information on Setting Poles
Pole Length
in Feet
Unit
Line Truck
Man-Hours
Crane
Man-Hours
Pike-Method
Man-Hours
20 to 35
40 to 50
55 to 60
65 to 80
EA
EA
EA
EA
3.2 (9001)
4.0 (9004)
4.0 (9006)
6.3 (9008)
3.2 (9002)
4.0 (9005)
4.0 (9007)
4.8 (9009)
6.4 (9003)
NOTES:
Line Truck Method: Four CEs

Crane Method: Four CEs
Pike Pole Method: Eight CEs
1. Time for setting poles includes backfilling and tamping.

2. Man-hours based on normal working conditions and average terrain.
3. Use 1.1 multiplier for framing.
TABLE 4-138. Digging Pole and Anchor Holes:

General Information
Pole Holes
Depth in Feet
Hand Digging
Man-Hours
per Hole
Hand Digging
Man-Hours
per Hole
Machine Digging
Man-Hours
per Hole
Machine Digging
Man-Hours
per Hole
In Soil
In Rock
In Soil
In Rock
4
5
6
7
8
0.8 (9010)
0.8 (9014)
1.6 (9018)
1.6 (9022)
1.6 (9026)
4.0 (9011)
4.8 (9015)
5.6 (9019)
6.4 (9023)
7.2 (9027)
0.5 (9012)
0.5 (9016)
0.5 (9020)
0.6 (9024)
0.6 (9028)
1.0 (9013)
1.0 (9017)
1.2 (9021)
1.2 (9025)
1.6 (9029)
Anchor Holes
Depth in Feet
In Soil
In Rock
In Soil
In Rock
4
6
8
0.8 (9030)
1.6 (9034)
1.6 (9038)
4.0 (9031)
5.6 (9035)
7.2 (9039)
0.5 (9032)
0.5 (9036)
0.5 (9040)
1.0 (9033)
1.2 (9037)
1.6 (9041)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Hand Digging Operations: Two CEs

Power Digging Operations: One EO; Auger truck: Two CEs
NOTES:
1. Times for anchor holes includes backfill, tamping, and securing tail of guy.
2. Times for machine digging include setting up machine.
3. When using power installed screw anchor machines, Use 0.5 multiplier.
4. Pole hole depth is determined by:
Length of pole, in feet, divided by 10; plus 1 foot for rock or 2 feet for dirt; equals Depth of Hole.
4-133
TABLE 4-139. Overhead Primary and Secondary Conductors and Devices

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Cross Assembly (standard 8 FT arm)

Single Arm
Double Arm
EA
EA
4.0 (9042)
5.6 (9043)
Install Guys (common grade seven strand)

Down Guys
Head Guys
EA
EA
4.0 (9044)
6.4 (9045)
Construct H-Frame and Install Three Phase

Transformer Bank
EA
132.0 (4046)
String Primary Conductors

AWG #6 to AWG #1
Bare Copper
AWG #0 to AWG #0000 Bare Copper
Larger than AWG #0000 Bare Copper
FT
FT
FT
0.016 (9047)
0.0232 (9048)
0.0328 (9049)
EA
Bank
12.0 (9050)
16.0 (9051)
Install Secondary Racks
EA
2.4 (9052)
Install Secondary Conductors and Service Drops

AWG #4 and Smaller: Four wire, weatherproof
AWG #2 to AWG #0: Four wire, weatherproof
FT
FT
0.053 (9053)
0.069 (9054)
Install Voltage Regulators

25 kVA, Single Phase, Pole Mounted
75 to 125 kVA, Three Phase, Slab Mounted
EA
EA
17.6 (9055)
81.6 (9056)
Capacitor Units, Pole Mounted, Factory Preassembled,

All kVA ratings
EA
16.8 (9057)
Install Primary Protective Devices

Pole Top Air Break Switches, Three Pole
Enclosed-Fused Disconnect Switch
Open-Fused Disconnect Switch
EA
EA
EA
43.2 (9058)
8.0 (9059)
8.0 (9060)
Install Transformer on Poles

Single Transformer 10 to 75 kVA
Three Single-Phase Transformer 10 to 75 kVA
Single Cross Assembly Installation: Two CEs (one lineman, one groundman)
Install Wire Guys: Three CEs (two linemen, one groundman)
H-Frame: Six CEs (four linemen, two groundmen)
String Primary Conductors: Ten CEs (four linemen, six groundmen)
Install Transformers on Poles: Four CEs (two linemen, two groundmen)
Install Secondary Conductors and Service: Two CEs (one linemen, one groundman)
NOTE:
Double Arm Installation: Three CEs (two linemen, one groundman)

Install Primary Protective Devices: Four CEs (two linemen, two groundmen
Capacitor Units: Three CEs (two linemen, one groundman)
Install Voltage Regulators: Three CEs (two linemen, one groundman)
Install Secondary Racks: Two CEs (one lineman, one groundman)
1. Crossarm Assembly figures are based on work being done before pole is set. If work must be done after pole is set, use 1.15 multiplier.
2. When using Bucket Truck use 0.85 multiplier.
4-134
TABLE 4-140. Street and Security Lighting

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Install Foundations for Metal Standards 1
EA
12.0 (9061)
Install Metal Light Standards (30 FT) 2

Aluminum Standard
Steel Standard
EA
EA
11.2 (9062)
12.0 (9063)
Install Wooden Street Light Pole 3
EA
11.2 (9064)
Install Wooden Floodlight Pole (Two Floods)
EA
9.6 (9065)
String One Conductor for Series Lighting 4
FT
0.0208 (9066)
Connect Streetlight Floodlight to Power 5
EA
4.8 (9067)
Install Lighting Transformer
EA
12.0 (9068)
Install Constant Current Regulator and Control Devices

for Street Lighting
Installed in Vault
Installed on Pole
EA
EA
6.4 (9069)
8.0 (9070)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZES:

Install Foundations for Metal Standards: One CE
Install Metal Light Standards: Two CEs, one EO with crane
Install Streetlight/Floodlight Pole: Two CEs
String One Conductor for Series Lighting: Two CEs
Connect Streetlight/Floodlight to Power: Two CEs
NOTES:
1. CE work includes approximately 10 feet of 2-inch rigid steel conduit and pull box.
2. Assembly and wiring performed on the ground.
3. Work is the same as Overhead Power Construction. If light is to be added to existing pole.
4. Work is approximately the same as Overhead Power Construction. Use 30 percent of primary
conductors Man-hours for series circuits. Secondary installation of floodlights is the same as
secondary conductors and service drops.
5. Work does not include installation of power source.
6. Refer to table 4-126 for man-hours figures for excavating and burial of power cables.
7. To install foundations for metal standards, increase crew size to include one BU.
4-135
TABLE 4-141. Athletic Facility Lighting
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Refer to the various tables listed below for specific construction
tasks.
Dig Pole and Anchor Holes: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-122
Frame, Set, and Guy Poles: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-121
Install Transformers: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-123
Install Overhead Wiring: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-123
Install Underground Wiring: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-126
Install Disconnect Switches and Related Hardware: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-123
Install, Connect, and Aim Floodlights: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-124
NOTES:
1. Use IES Type 5 (700 to 1000) or IES Type 6 (1000 to 1300) beam spread floodlights in all
applications. High Pressure Sodium or Mercury Vapor floodlights with high power factor ballasts
are preferred.
2. All calculations of man-hours are determined from other tables in this manual.
3. Lighting requirements for various athletic facilities are:
Football (Class IV or V) and Soccer
Softball, semi-pro:
Infield
Outfield
Tennis (Club Play)
Volleyball and Basketball (Recreational)
4-136
20
30
20
20
10
Footcandles
Footcandles
Footcandles
Footcandles
Footcandles
TABLE 4-142. Underground Power System

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Excavate Trench for Duct or Direct Burial of Cable

Hard Excavating
Machine Excavating
CD
FT
13.6 (9071)
0.011 (9072)
Install 4-Inch Transite Duct2

Two Conduits without Concrete
FT
0.051 (9073)
Encasement
Four Conduits without Concrete
Two Conduits Encased in 3-Inch Concrete
Four Conduits Encased in 3-Inch Concrete
FT
FT
FT
0.085 (9074)
0.08 (9075)
0.072 (9076)
Install Direct Burial Cable in Trench

Up to AWG #0. Three Conductor
AWG #00 to 500 MCM. Three Conductor
FT
FT
0.086 (9077)
0.179 (9078)
Pull Cable into Duct

AWG #6. Three Conductor
FT
FT
FT
0.058 (9079)
0.11 (9080)
0.178 (9081)
Underground Service to Building 3

AWG #2. Four Conductor
AWG #0. Four Conductor
FT
FT
0.144 (9082)
0.224 (9083)

Trench Excavation: Two EOs with ditching machine; Two CEs
Installing Duct: Six CEs
Installing Underground Service: Three CEs
NOTES:
1. All excavating is figured on average soil conditions.

2. Duct man-hour figures allow for a normal number of bends, bells, fittings, and installing pull
line.
3. Work includes setting up cable reel, measuring and cutting to length, pulling cable into building
and identifying conductors.
4. Direct burial cable in trench requires sand bed.
5. Concrete encasement under roadway requires reinforcing steel (include one SW).
6. When using mechanical-cable puller use 0.85 multiplier.
4-137
TABLE 4-143. Electrical Rough-In (Housing and Barracks)

Install Service Main, Four-Wire Conductor1
60 Ampere
100 Ampere
200 Ampere
400 Ampere
Install Rigid Steel Conduit2
inch to 3/4 inch
1 inch to 1-1/2 inch
2 inch to 3 inch
Install Thinwall (EMT) and Flexible Conduit3
inch to 3/4 inch
3 inch to 4 inch
Install 8 FT Ground Rod and Ground Wire
Install Type NM Cable4
AWG #10/3 with Ground and Smaller
AWG #8/2 with Ground and Larger
Install Boxes for Type NM Cable5
Install Pull Boxes6
12 X 12 X 6 Inches, NEMA Type 1
6 X 6 X 6 Inches, NEMA Type 3R and 4
Pull Wire In Conduit, 3-600 V Conductors #7
AWG #12
AWG #10
AWG #8
AWG #6
AWG #4
AWG #1
AWG #1/0
AWG #2/0
AWG #3/0
AWG #4/0
AWG #350 MCM
AWG #500 MCM
Unit
Man-Hours Per Unit
EA
EA
EA
EA
11.2 (9084)
13.8 (9085)
15.2 (9086)
19.2 (9087)
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.16 (9088)
0.2 (9089)
0.304 (9090)
0.352 (9091)
FT
FT
FT
FT
EA
0.072 (9092)
0.096 (9093)
0.136 (9000)
0.192 (9094)
2.4 (9095)
FT
FT
EA
0.026 (9096)
0.056 (9097)
0.32 (9098)
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
2.4 (9099)
3.2 (9100)
4.8 (9101)
2.4 (9102)
4.8 (9103)
7.2 (9104)
12.0 (9105)
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
0.009 (9106)
0.01 (9107)
0.12 (9108)
0.16 (9109)
0.21 (9110)
0.33 (9111)
0.39 (9112)
0.43 (9113)
0.49 (9114)
0.58 (9115)
0.78 (9116)
0.96 (9117)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Three CEs

NOTES:
1. Use 1.25 multiplier for underground service.

2. For installation in concrete slabs increase use 0.5 multiplier. For intermediate Metal Conduit
(MC) use 0.75 multiplier.
3. For installation on concrete increase use 0.9 multiplier.
4. Surface Mounted on wood or behind wall or ceiling.
5. Plastic or metal boxes on wood surface or behind wall or in ceiling.
6. Includes attaching conduit to pull box.
7. Time includes reel set-up and removal.
4-138
TABLE 4-144. Electrical Finish and Trim (Housing and Barracks)

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Install Receptacles and Plates

Duplex Convenience Outlets
Range and Dryer Receptacles
EA
EA
0.4 (9118)
1.6 (9119)
Install Standard Grade Toggle Switches and Plates

Single Pole
Three or Four Way
EA
EA
0.32 (9120)
0.4 (9121)
Install Incandescent Lighting Fixtures

up to 150 Watt. Medium Base
Surface Mounted
Flush Mounted
Porcelain Lampholder
EA
EA
EA
1.6 (9122)
1.6 (9123)
0.32 (9124)
Install Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures1
EA
2.4 (9125)
Install Fluorescent Tubes and Diffusers
EA
1.6 (9126)
Connect Small Appliances:

Water Heater (80 gal. capacity)
Space Heater (2000 watts)
Air Conditioning Units (up to 18000 BTU)
Exhaust Fans
EA
EA
EA
EA
3.2 (9127)
1.6 (9128)
4.0 (9129)
4.8 (9130)
Testing:
Receptacles, Switches, Lighting Fixtures
Small Appliances
EA
EA
0.08 (9260)
0.4 (9261)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two CEs

NOTE:
1. Two or four tube, surface, stem, or chain mounted on wood or masonry. Commercial
industrial, residential: normal high output or power groove type.
4-139
TABLE 4-145. Electrical Rough-In (Industrial)

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
3
Install Safety Switch, Three Pole, General or Heavy Duty
30 Ampere
60 Ampere
100 Ampere
225 Ampere
400 Ampere
600 Ampere
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
2.4 (9131)
3.2 (9132)
4.0 (9133)
7.2 (9134)
11.2 (9135)
17.6 (9136)
Install Circuit Breakers, Enclosed, NEMA

Type 1, 600 Volt, Three Pole
30 Ampere
60 Ampere
100 Ampere
225 Ampere
400 Ampere
600 Ampere
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
2.4 (9137)
3.2 (9138)
4.8 (9139)
6.4 (9140)
11.2 (9141)
17.6 (9142)
Install Panel Boards, Lighting, and Power

Four-Wire, Three-Phase, 100 to 225 Ampere Main Lugs
12 Circuits or less
13 to 20 Circuits
21 to 24 Circuits
25 to 30 Circuits
31 to 36 Circuits
37 to 42 Circuits
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
9.6 (9143)
16.0 (9144)
17.6 (9145)
20.0 (9146)
23.2 (9147)
26.4 (9148)
Install Wireway, 5-Ft. Length, Screw Cover with

Fittings and Supports
4 Inches X 4 Inches
6 Inches X 6 Inches
8 Inches X 8 Inches
FT
FT
FT
0.32 (9149)
0.32 (9150)
0.48 (9151)
Install Cable Trays, Ladder Type, Galvanized Steel with

Fittings and Supports
12-Inches Wide
18-Inches Wide
24-Inches Wide
FT
FT
FT
0.248 (9152)
0.28 (9153)
0.32 (9154)

NOTES:
1. For explosion-proof work use 3.0 multiplier.

2. All work estimates based on surface mounting.
3. For aluminum cable trays use 1.05 multiplier.
4-140
TABLE 4-146. Conduit Spacings

Spacing in inches between centers
of conduits for under slab stub-ups
Conduit Size
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5
6
3/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/8
2-3/8
2-5/8
3
3-3/8
3-3/4
4
4-3/8
5
____
1-5/8
1-7/8
2-1/8
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-3/4
3-1/8
3-1/2
3-7/8
4-1/8
4-1/2
5-1/8
1-1/4
___
--2
2-1/4
2-3/8
2-3/4
3
3-3/8
3-5/8
4
4-1/4
4-5/8
5-1/4
___
___
___
2-1/2
2-5/8
3
3-1/4
3-5/8
3-7/8
4-1/4
4-1/2
4-7/8
5-1/2
1-1/2
___
___
___
___
2-3/4
3-1/8
3-3/8
3-3/4
4
4-3/8
4-3/4
5
5-5/8
2-1/2
___
___
___
___
___
3
3-5/8
4
4-3/8
4-3/4
5
5-3/8
6
___
___
___
___
___
___
4
4-3/8
4-5/8
5
5-1/4
5-5/8
6-1/4
3
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
4-3/4
5
5-3/8
5-5/8
6
6-5/8
31/2
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
5-3/8
5-5/8
6
6-1/4
7
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
6
6-1/4
6-5/8
7-1/4
4-1/2
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
6-1/2
7
7-5/8
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
7-1/4
8
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
8-5/8
TABLE 4-147. Electrical Finish and Trim (Industrial)

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Connect Light Equipment

(Bench Tools, Table Mounted Galley Equipment)
EA
2.2 (9155)
Connect Heavy Equipment

(Large Floor Mounted Machines and Galley Equipment)
EA
4.0 (9156)
Motor Starters and Controls, Magnetic FVNR with Heaters and Enclosures
5 HHorsepower Size 0
10 Horse power, Size 1
25 Horsepower, Size 2
Combination Starters, Magnetic FVNR with Circuit Breaker or Fused Switch
and
Heater
EA 3.2 (9157)
EA 5.6 (9158)
EA 10.4 (9159)
EA 12.8 (9160)
EA 21.6 (9161)
EA 5.6 (9162)
EA 8.0 (9163)
EA 12.0 (9164)
EA 15.2 (9165)
EA 23.2 (9166)
Control Stations, Heavy Duty

Start and Stop
Start, Stop, and Pilot Light
Hand, Off, Automatic
Stop, Start, and Reverse
EA
EA
EA
EA
0.8 (9167)
1.6 (9168)
1.6 (9169)
1.6 (9170)
Circuit Testing and Balance Three Phase Circuit
EA
1.6 (9171)

NOTE:
1. For combination reversing type controls use 1.2 multiplier.
4-141
TABLE 4-148. Substation Installation

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Install and Wire Complete Oil Filled Transformer

300 kVA and smaller
500 kVA
750 kVA
1000 kVA
EA
EA
EA
EA
36.0 (9172)
60.0 (9173)
63.2 (9174)
95.2 (9175)
Install and Wire Complete Three-Phase Dry-Type Air

Cooled Transformer in Vault or Building
Up to 150 kVA
151 kVA and larger
EA
EA
24.8 (9176)
45.6 (9177)
Install Three-Phase Metal Clad Switch Gear Unit
EA
16.0 (9178)
Install Oil Circuit Breakers (OCB)

100 to 600 Ampere, Single Circuit
601 to 1200 Ampere, Single Circuit
EA
EA
8.4 (9179)
24.0 (9180)
Install Open or Enclosed Disconnect Switches

100 Ampere and smaller. Single Circuit
150 Ampere and larger. Single Circuit
EA
EA
8.8 (9181)
12.8 (9182)
Install Air-Break Switches and Components

100 to 600 Ampere, Single Pole, Single Throw
601 to 1200 Ampere, Single Pole, Single Throw
EA
EA
8.8 (9183)
12.8 (9184)
Install Capacitor Bank with Associated Equipment

3 to 9 Capacitor Bank
12 to 24 Capacitor Bank
EA
EA
27.2 (9185)
42.4 (9186)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Four CEs (two linemen and two groundmen)
4-142
TABLE 4-149. Fire Alarm and Signal Systems

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Burglar Alarm, Mechanical or Electrical
EA
3.2 (9187)
Card Reader, Flush, Standard or Multi-Channel
EA
4.0 (9188)
Door Switch, Hinged or Magnetic
EA
2.4 (9189)
Exit Control Lock, Horn or Flashing Light
EA
3.2 (9190)
Indication Panels
1 Channel
10 Channel
70 Channel
EA
EA
EA
4.0 (9191)
6.4 (9192)
14.4 (9193)
Ultrasonic Unit with Horn: 12, 24, or 120V
EA
4.8 (9194)
Control Panel, Fire, Sprinkler and Stand Pipe

4 Zone
8 Zone
12 Zone
EA
EA
EA
4.8 (9195)
10.4 (9196)
15.2 (9197)
Battery Rack
EA
3.2 (9198)
Automatic Charger
EA
2.4 (9199)
Signal Bell, Trouble Buzzer or Manual Station
EA
1.6 (9200)
Detector, Rate of Rise or Fixed Temperature
EA
1.6 (9201)
Smoke Detector
Ceiling Type
Duct Type
EA
EA
1.6 (9202)
3.2 (9203)
Light and Horn
EA
2.4 (9204)
Fire Alarm Horn
EA
1.6 (9205)
Master Box
EA
4.0 (9206)
Break Glass Station
EA
1.6 (9207)
Remote Annunciator
8 Zone Drop
12 Zone Drop
16 Zone Drop
EA
EA
EA
5.6 (9208)
7.2 (9209)
8.8 (9210)
Standpipe or Sprinkler Alarm, Alarm Device
EA
1.6 (9211)
Actuation Device
EA
1.6 (9212)
Annunciator, Control and Indicator Panel
EA
1.0 (9213)
5 EA
0.16 (9214)
Testing all other devices
4-143
TABLE 4-150. Overhead Telephone Line Construction

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Install Messenger Suspension Clamps
EA
0.16 (9252)
Attach Messenger to Suspension Clamps
FT
0.032 (9253)
Splicing Overhead Cable (Straight Splice)

Polyethylene Sheath and Insulation. 100 Pair
Splice
5.6 (9254)
Terminating Cable at Terminal Box or Main Distribution Frame

(Tag Splice)
Polyethylene Sheath and Insulation. 100 Pair
Splice
8.0 (9255)
SUGGESTED CREW SIZE: Two CEs (one lineman and one groundman)
TABLE 4-151. Interior Telephone Service

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Pull Cable in Conduit

Polyethylene Sheath, 100 Pair
FT
0.4 (9217)
Install Exposed Interior Cable, 26 Pair
FT
0.32 (9218)
Install Telephone Terminal Box
EA
2.4 (9219)
Install Polyethylene Cable Terminal, 26 Pair
EA
1.6 (9220)
Connect Terminal Stub to Cable

EA
2.4 (9221)
Install Telephone, Complete, Any Style, 1 Line
EA
3.2 (9222)
Splice
5.6 (9223)
EA
0.4 (9224)
Splice Telephone Cable in Building, Vault, or Manhole

Polyethylene Sheath
Testing
4-144
TABLE 4-152. Underground Telephone Line Construction

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Pull Cable in Duct or Conduit

FT
0.032 (9261)
Attach Lead of Polyethylene Cable Riser Direct to Concrete Wall
FT
8.0 (9262)
Install 1 Inch to 6 Inch Conduit for Riser
FT
8.0 (9263)
Pull Riser Cable into Installed Conduit
FT
8.0 (9264)

NOTE:
1. Refer to Table 4-17, Division 2, for estimating figures on Trench Excavation.
4-145
TABLE 4-153. Installing Intercommunication System

Unit
Man-Hours
Per Unit
Public Address System Conventional

Office
Industrial
EA
EA
2.4 (9228)
4.0 (9229)
Sound System
Speakers, Ceiling or Wall Mounted
Speakers, Trumpt
Volume Control
Amplifier, 250 Watt
Cabinets
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
1.6 (9230)
3.2 (9231)
1.6 (9232)
9.6 (9233)
9.6 (9234)
Intercom, Master
Up to 25 Station Capacity
Remote Station
EA
EA
9.6 (9235)
1.6 (9236)
Emergency Call System

12 Zones, Annunciator
Bell
Light or Relay
Transformer
EA
EA
EA
EA
11.2 (9237)
1.6 (9238)
1.6 (9239)
4.0 (9240)
House Telephone
Talking Station
Press to Talk, Release to Listen
EA
EA
5.6 (9241)
1.6 (9242)
Combination Speaker and Microphone
EA
1.6 (9243)
Terminal Box
EA
3.2 (9244)
Amplifier or Power Supply
EA
4.8 (9245)
Annunciator, Master Intercom, and Amplifier
EA
1.0 (9246)
Testing all other devices
EA
0.16 (9247)
4-146
DIVISION 17. EXPEDITIONARY STRUCTURES
Page
A.
TENSION FABRIC STRUCTURES

Table 4-154 Tension Fabric Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
B.
K - SPAN BUILDINGS
Table 4-155 K - Span Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
4-147
This page is blank
4-148
Table 4-154. Tension Fabric Structures

Frame and Shell Only
Structure
Unit
Manhours
Length (FT)
Width (FT)
10 - 30
20 - 40
SF
0.42 (1701)
31 - 50
41 - 60
SF
0.32 (1702)
51 - 100
61 - 120
SF
0.4 (1703)
101 - 300+
121 - 200+
SF
0.48 (1704)
Suggested Crew Size: One BU1, two SW, Six NS

NOTE: (1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
These estimates are for frame and shell only.

Duckbill anchors furnished with basic TFS are for unpaved surface only.
For asphalt and concrete surfaces use expansion type anchors.
Refer to other sections of this P-405 for other estimates.
Table 4-155. K - Span Buildings

MIC-120 MIC-240
Shell and End-Walls Only
Bldg. Width
Unit Building Length
Manhours
10 - 50
FT
0.6 (1705)
51 - 100+
FT
1.0 (1706)
Bldg. Width
Unit End-Wall Length
Manhours
10 - 50
FT
1.2 (1707)
51 - 100+
FT
2.0 (1708)
Suggested Crew Size:
One SW MIC-120 MIC-240 certified,

One EO crane certified, Eight NS.
NOTE: (1) This estimate is for shell and end-walls only.

(2) For footings, utilities, and other components refer to other sections of this P-405.
4-149
This page is blank
4-150
CHAPTER 5. NETWORK ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES

1.
HISTORY. Beginning in the post-World War II period, the construction industry found itself
under the same critical examination the manufacturing industry had experienced 50 years previously.
Large construction projects were coming under the same pressures of time, resources, and cost that
had prompted studies in scientific management in factories at the turn of the century.
The emphasis, however, was not on actual building methods, but upon the management
techniques of programming and scheduling. The only planning methods were those which had been
developed for use in factories, and management attempted to use these for the control of large
construction projects. These techniques suffered from serious limitations as far as project work was
concerned, and it was the need to overcome these limitations that led to the development of network
analysis techniques.
In the late 1950's this new system of project planning, scheduling, and control came into
widespread use in the construction industry. Critical Path Analysis (CPA), Critical Path Method
(CPM), and Project Evaluation and Review Techniques (PERT) are representative of about 50 titles.
The basis of any of these approaches is the Analysis of a Network of Events and Activities. For this
reason, the generic title covering the various systems is"Network Analysis."
2.
NETWORK ANALYSIS ADVANTAGES. The main advantages are listed below.
a.
Separation of Sequence and Time. Network analysis separates the planning of the
sequence of jobs from the scheduling of times for the jobs, thus overcoming simultaneous, and less
effective, planning and scheduling.
b.
Job Interdependency. The interdependencies between jobs are shown and thus ti
enables people to see not only the overall plan, but the ways in which their own activities depend upon,
or influence, those of others.
c.
View Complete Plan. Network analysis sets out the complete plan for examination
by everyone involved in the project, simplifies the task of assessing its soundness, and prevents
unrealistic or superficial planning.
d.
Resource and Time Restraints. Resource and time restraints are shown in the plan
before its evaluation. For example, a resource restraint is where several operations use a crane, but
only one is available. A minimum delivery period for materials is a time restraint.
e.
Divides Projects into Activities. The analysis splits up the project into activities,
assists in estimating their durations, and leads to a more accurate target date.
f.
Project Duration. The shortest length of time (duration) in which a project can be
completed is determined, based upon the order and relationship of all activities.
5-1
g.
Critical Activities Identified. Critical activities that must start on time to avoid
extending the project duration are identified.
h.
Deviation Controls. Stricter controls are permitted because any deviation from
the schedule is quickly noticed.
I.
Requirement Calculations. The total requirements of men, materials, and
equipment resources are allowed to be readily calculated. The delaying or slowing down of
noncritical jobs (those not immediately affecting the duration of the project) are indicated and may
be used to make the best allowance for any limitations in available resources.
j.
Constant Logic Statement. The network is a statement of logic and policy and
remains constant whether the activities take a longer or shorter time than estimated.
k.
Modification Impact Assessment. Modifications of policy are allowed to be built
in, and the impact of these modifications can be assessed quickly.
l.
Critical Path Identification. Identification of the critical path is advantageous if
the completion date has to be advanced and attention can then be concentrated on speeding up the
relatively few "critical" jobs.
m.
Bar Chart Basis. A more accurate and effective basis for the preparation of bar
charts is provided, which results in better control of projects.
3.
NETWORK ANALYSIS DISADVANTAGES. The only real disadvantage of network
analysis as a planning tools is that it is a tedious and exacting task if attempted manually.
Depending upon just what the project manager wants as "output," the number of activities that
can be handled without a computer varies, but it is never very high.
a.
Manual Calculations. Calculations are done in terms of the sequence of activities,
and if this is all that is required, a project that involves several hundred activities may be
attempted manually. However, the possibility of error is high, and if the results are to be
"sorted," for instance, by rate (so that all jobs to be undertaken by the builders are together, as
those for equipment operators, or electricians), the time of manual operation rapidly becomes
costly. The consideration of various alternative plans also becomes impossible, because of the
large volumes of calculations involved.
b.
Computer Calculations. On the other hand, standard computer programs for
network analysis can handle project plans of 5,000 activities and more, and produce "output" in
various forms. It must be emphasized, however, that a computer only assists with the
calculations and prints plans of operations sorted into various orders. The project manager, not
the computer, is still responsible for the planning and must still make the necessary decisions
based on information supplied by the computer. Equally important is the fact that the computer
output is only as accurate as its input, which is supplied in the first instance by human beings.
5-2
4.
PROJECT PLANNING. The basic rules in analyzing a project are that planning and
scheduling are considered to be two distinctly separate operations, and that planning must always
precede scheduling. When these two are done simultaneously they generally introduce elements
of scheduling prematurely, thus clouding the picture of the plan and severely limiting its
flexibility. The planning steps most commonly followed in the NCF are listed in appendix G.
a.
Project Analysis. Everyone concerned should know precisely what the project is,
its start and end points, external factors such as schedule dates and requirements of others, and
availability of resources such as men and equipment.
b.
Activity List Development. All projects consist of separate but interrelated
operations. In network analysis these are called "activities." The first stage in applying this
technique is to obtain a list of all activities which constitute the project to be scheduled. This list
is obtained in various ways: study of manufacturers' specifications; bills of materials and
technical drawings; modification of a previous application; worksheets for a previous project;
and a joint discussion by those persons who sufficiently understand the project. The last method
should be employed even if a tentative list has been obtained by other means. These are no
specific definitions as to what constitutes an "activity," and it is largely a matter for individual
interpretation according to the requirement of a particular project. A useful guideline is to ask
three questions about any particular activity in the network. (These are simply useful pointers,
not infallible rules).
(1)
Would the activity normally be regarded as continuous from start to finish?
This does not mean that it may not prove expedient to split the activity later to facilitate
scheduling. The key here is the word "normally."
(2) Will the required resources remain constant throughout the duration of the
activity? In certain circumstances this may not be achievable but facilitates control if it can be
done.
(3) Is the amount of work involved small enough to allow a reliable duration
estimate to be assigned to the activity?
No attempt should be made to minimize the number of activities in a network by leaving
out those considered to be unimportant and to have considerable float. They can easily be
forgotten and their omission could lead to an entirely false analysis. A good rule is, don't plan
a project in any more detail than is necessary to properly manage the scheduling of the work
during the construction phase. The reason for this is to avoid being overwhelmed by a lot of
detailed items of work that will change faster then the planner has time to adjust or plan for. For
most NCF projects, detailed activities should not be less than one day in duration (preferably not
less than three days). One further point to remember; there may be space limitations in the
computer for activity descriptions. Each activity should be given a fairly concise title which will
identify it in the computer printout.
5-3
c.
Network Construction. A "network" is used to represent any sequencing of
priorities among the activities that constitute a project. This sequencing is determined by two
types of dependency.
(1) "Hard" dependencies are those which are based upon the physical
characteristics of the job such as the necessity to place a foundation before building walls. A hard
dependency is normally inflexible.
(2) "Soft" dependencies are those which are based upon practical considerations
of policy and may be changed if circumstances demand. For example, the decision to start at the
north end of a building rather than the south.
5.
PRECEDENCE DIAGRAMING. In constructing networks the NCF uses Precedence
Diagraming. A Precedence Network derives its name from the fact that each activity is identified
in a computer program in terms of its immediately preceding and succeeding activities.
Precedence Diagraming does not require the use of dummy activities, is easier to draw, and has
greater applications and advantages when Networks are put into the computer.
a.
Activities and Events Representation. An activity in a Precedence Diagram is
represented by a rectangular box and is identified by an activity number. A typical activity block
is shown in figure 5-1. The left side of the activity box represents the start of the activity and the
right side represents the completion. Lines linking the boxes are called "logic connectors" and
the general direction of flow is indicated by arrowheads.
ACTIVITY
NUMBER
EARLY
START
ACTIVITY
DURATION
ACTIVITY
DESCRIPTION
EARLY
FINISH
ACTIVITY
RESOURCES
LATE
START
TOTAL
FLOAT
FREE
FLOAT
LATE
FINISH
FIGURE 5-1. Typical Activity Block
5-4
The rule that governs the drawing of a network is that the start of an activity must be
linked to the ends of all completed activities before that start may take place. Activities that take
place at the same time are not linked in any way. In figure 5-2 both activity 2 and activity 3 start
as soon as activity 1 is completed. Activity 4 requires the completion of both activities 2 and 3
before it may start. Figure 5-2 shows a finish to start Logic Relationship. This is the most
common relationship used in the NCF.
FIGURE 5-2. Precedence Diagram

b.
Delay Representation. In certain cases there may be a delay or lag between the
finish of one activity and the start of another. In this case the lag may be indicated on the
connector itself incased in parenthesis as has been done in figure 5-3. Here, activity 3 may start
as soon as activity 1 is completed, but activity 2 must wait two days. The "lag" is stated in the
basic time units of the project, in which case the word "days" can be omitted.
2
FIGURE 5-3. Representation of Lag

5-5
c.
Parallel Activities Representation. Some activities may parallel other which can
be achieved in precedence diagrams without increasing the number of activities. For instance,
it is possible to start laying a long pipeline before excavations are complete. This is known as
a start-to-start Logic connection, as shown in figure 5-4. Activity 3 cannot start until one day
after activity 1 has started.
3
(1)
FIGURE 5-4. Start-to-Start Logic Connection

It is also possible to start an activity independently, but not to complete it before another
activity is completed. This is known as a finish-to-finish logic connection, as shown in figure 55. Activity 3 cannot be completed until one day after activity 1 is completed.
Care should be taken in using either of these logic connections. If possible, the Finish-toStart Connection should be used for all NCF planning.
1
(1)
FIGURE 5-5. Finish-to-Finish Logic Connection

5-6
6.
PRECEDENCE NETWORK CALCULATIONS. Precedence networks are the primary
project scheduling tools used in the NCF. The scheduling of any construction activity is
dependent on the duration of the construction activities that precede it. The forward pass, the
backward pass, and float calculations are the basis to form the construction schedule.
a.
Definitions
(1) The Forward Pass determines the Early Start and Early Finish of an activity.
The earliest date that an activity can be started and finished based on the durations of activities
that precede it. It determines the total project duration based on the sum of the activity durations
along the longest path through the project.
Calculations:
Early Start
+
Early Finish +
NOTE:
Duration
Lag (if any)
=
=
Early Finish
Early Start (of next activity)
With two or more predecessors, use the LARGER of the two Early Finish + Lag
dates.
(2) The Backward Pass determines Late Start and Late Finish of an activity. The
latest that each activity can start and finish without delaying the total project duration calculated
on the Forward Pass.
Calculations:
Late Finish
Late Start
NOTE:
Duration
Lag (if any)
=
=
Late Start
Late Finish (preceding activity)
With two or more follow-on activities, use the SMALLER of the Late Start - Lag
dates.
(3) The Critical Path is those activities whose early start/early finish and late
start/late finish dates match. The critical activities form a critical path from the first activity to
the last.
(4) Total Float is the total number of days an activity can be delayed without
delaying the completion date of the project, and allows a crew leader or project supervisor the
discretion to start an activity anywhere between the early and late start dates without delaying the
completion date of the project.
5-7
Calculations:
Total Float
NOTE:
Late Start - Early Start or Late Finish- Early Finish
The total float for critical activities is always zero since the Early and Late Start
and Finish dates are the same. Therefore, Total Float is calculated for noncritical activities only.
(5) Free Float is the number of days an activity can be delayed without delaying
the next activity from its Early Start or the number of days of Float that can be used without
taking Float from another activity.
All or a portion of the Total Float may be shared with follow-on activities. If Float is not
shared with a follow-on activity, it is free. Using Free Float does not take Float away from
follow-on activities nor does it delay the next activity from its Early Start date.
Calculations:
Free Float = Early Start (next activity)
NOTE:
- Lag (if any) - Early Finish
With two or more follow-on activities use the smaller of the early start - lag.
Forward Pass
Backward Pass
Larger #
Smaller #
(Early Datets)
(Late Datets)
Total Float
Free Float
b.
Smaller #
(Early Datets)
Calculation Sequence
NOTE:
All the calculations in a. and b. above are based on finish to start logic
connectors.
c.
Sample Calculations. Figures 5-6 through 5-10 show sample calculations.
Equations marked with an asterisk (*) change with different types of logic. General Rule: always
follow the logic connector!
5-8
Early Start + Duration = Early Finish

*Early Finish + Lag (if any) = Early Start (next activity)
Use largest of the (Early Finish + Lag) with two or mor e
predecessors
FIGURE 5-6. The Forward Pass
Late Finish - Duration = Late Start

* Late Start - Lag (if any) = Late Finish (preceding activity)
Use smallest of the (late Start - Lag) with two or more follo w
on activities.
FIGURE 5-7. The Backward Pass
5-9
Total Float = Late Start - Early Start

or Late Finish - Early Finish
* Free Float = Early Start (next activity) - Lag - Early Finish
NOTE: With two or more follow on activities use the smaller o f
Early Start - Lag
FIGURE 5-8. Floats

Equations shown for the following Logic Connections are the ones that change from
Finish-to-Start Logic Connection. All other equations remain the same.
(2)
2010
12
14
2020
15
14
17
16
18
20
Forward Pass: Early Start + Lag = Early Start (next activity)

Backwards Pass: Late Start - Lag = Late Start (preceding activity)
Free Float = Early Start (next activity) - Lag - Early Start
FIGURE 5-9. Start-to-Start
5-10
(2)
2010
12
14
2020
15
14
16
17
18
20
Forward Pass: Early Finish + Lag = Early Finish (next activity)

Backwards Pass: Late Finish - Lag = Late Finish (preceding activity)
Free Float = Early Finish (next activity) - Lag - Early Finish
FIGURE 5-10. Finish-to-Finish
5-11
NOTE: ACTIVITIES IN THE NETWORK ARE

NUMBERED FROM LEFT TO RIGHT AND
FROM TOP TO BOTTOM.
WHEN
ACTIVITIES ARE ADDED OR DELETED IN
THE NETWORK IT WILL BE NECESSARY
TO RECALCULATE THE EARLY START
AND EARLY FINISH TIMES THROUGH THE
NETWORK. THEN, WORK BACK MAKING
THE REQUIRED ADJUSTMENTS TO THE
LATE FINISH AND LATE START. THIS
ADJUSTMENT SHOULD BE MADE AT THE
EARLIEST OPPORTUNITY TO FACILITATE
THE COMPUTER UPDATE
FIGURE 5-11.Typical Precedence Diagram for 40- by 100-foot rigid frame building
5-12
7.
COMPUTER USE IN THE NCF. The usefulness of the computer as a construction
management tool for the Naval Construction Force was first tested in September 1976 during the
deployment of NMCB-3 to Diego Garcia. The results were encouraging and the decision was
made to install a minicomputer system at each of the permanent deployment sites, each homeport
regiment, CBLANT, and the Civil Engineer Support Office (CESO). In 1982 the Navy
purchased an improved version of the original software package for construction management,
CM-5. In 1983 the Seabee Automated Mobile Management (SAMM) system was approved by
the Chief of Naval Operations (CNO). CESO procured and distributed over 1,000
microcomputers (also referred to as personal computers or PC) to NCF units. Microtrak
replaced CM-5 in 1986. Microtrak is a commercial software package for use with the
microcomputer. In 1996 CBCM2 software replaced Microtrack.
5-13
This page is blank.
5-14
CHAPTER 6. CBCM2 USER MANUAL

THE MANUAL WILL BE INSERTED AT LATER DATE
5-15
This page is blank
5-16
GLOSSARY
ABFC
ABS
ASSY
AVG
AWD
AWG
BBL
BLDG
BM
BTU
BU
CAS
CE
CFM
CM
CMU
CN
CONST
CPVC
C to C
CTR
d
DIA
DWG
EA
ELEC
EMT
EO
FEDSTRIP
FY
GED
GMA
GPM
GTA
Horiz
HP
ID
Imc
IN
Advanced Base Functional Component

Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (plastic pipe)
Assembly
Average
Available Work Day
American Wire Gage
Barrel
Building
Bill of Material
British Thermal Unit
Builder
Construction Activity Summary
Construction Electrician
Cubic Feet per Minute
Construction Mechanic
Concrete Masonry Unit
Constructionman
Construction
Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (plastic pipe)
Center to Center
Central Tool Room
Penny (British pence). Size for a nail
Diameter
Drawing
Engineering Aid
Electric
Electrical Metal Tubing
Equipment Operator
Federal Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedures
Fiscal Year
Gasoline-engine Drived
Gas Metal Arc
Gallons per Minute
Gas Tungsten Arc
Horizontal
Horsepower
Inside Diameter
Intermediate Metal Conduit
Inch or N
Glossary-1
GLOSSARY
kV
kVA
LTG
LCD
MATL
M/D
MILSTRIP
MLO
MPH
MTO
NCFSU
NS
OF-13
PERF
PVC
PH
QC
RCPT
REBAR
REINF
RST
SFCS
SITREPS
SQ
SQ IN
SW
TA
T&G
THKNS
TM
TOA
TON MI
TPH
U/I
UT
W/O
YD MI
Kilovolt
Kilovolt-Ampere
Lighting
Loose Cubic Yard
Material
Man-Days (8 hours)
Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedures
Material Liaison Office
Miles per Hour
Material Take Off
Naval Construction Force Support Unit
Non-Skilled
Occupational Field 13 (Seabee rates)
Perforate
Polyvinyl Chloride (plastic pipe)
Phase
Quality Control
Receptical
Reinforcing Bar
Reinforce
Reinforcing Steel
Square Feet Contact Surface
Situation Reports
Square (100 square feet)
Square Inch
Steel Worker
Table of Allowance (same as TOA)
Tongue and Groove
Thickness
Technical Manual
Table of Allowance
Tons per Mile
Tons per Hour
Units of Issue
Utilitiesman
Without
Yards per Mile
Glossary-2
UNITS OF ISSUE.
The designations shown are used to denote the units of issue and should be used on all
FEDSTRIP/MILSTRIP requisitions.
AM
AT
AY
BA
BD
BE
BF
BG
BK
BL
BO
BR
BT
BX
CA
CB
CD
CE
CF
CK
CL
CN
CO
CT
CY
CZ
DR
DZ
EA
FT
GL
GP
GR
HD
HK
IN
JR
KT
Ampoule
Assortment
Assembly
Ball
Bundle
Bale
Board foot
Bag
Book
Barrel
Bolt
Bar
Bottle
Box
Cartridge
Carboy
Cubic yard
Cone
Cubic foot
Cake
Coil
Can
Container
Carton
Cylinder
Cubic meter
Drum
Dozen
Each
Foot (feet)
Gallon
Group
Gross
Hundred
Hank
Inch
Jar
Kit
LB
LG
LI
MFBM
MC
ME
MR
MX
OT
OZ
PD
PG
PM
PR
PT
PZ
QT
RA
RL
RM
RO
SD
SE
SF
SH
SK
SL
SO
SP
SX
SY
TN
TO
TU
VI
YD
Glossary-3
Pound
Length
Liter
1000 Board feet measure
Thousand cubic feet
Meal
Mete r
Thousand
Outfit
Ounce
Pad
Package
Plate
Pair
Pint
Packet
Quart
Ration
Reel
Ream
Roll
Skid
Set
Square foot
Sheet
Skein
Spool
Shot
Strip
Stick
Square yard
Ton
Troy ounce
Tube
Vial
Yard
This page is blank.
Glossary-4
BIBLIOGRAPHY
A.
CIVILIAN PUBLICATIONS
Means, Robert S. Building Construction Cost Data, 52nd edition, Kingston, MA.
R. S. Means Co., Inc., 1994
Walker, Frank R. The Building Estimators Reference Books, 24th edition, Lisle, IL.
Frank R. Walker Co., Inc., 1992
Richardson Engineering Services, Inc., Residential and Light Construction Estimating and
Engineering Standards, Vol.3, Mesa, AZ, Richardson Engineering Services, Inc., 1994
Nichols, Herbert L., Jr., "Moving the Earth," The Workbook of Excavation, 3rd edition, New
York, NY, McGraw Hill Information Systems, 1988
Asphalt Institute, The Asphalt Handbook, Manual Series No. 4 (MS-4), April 1965 edition,
Lexington KY, Asphalt Institute, 1989
Conwed Corporation, Conwed Hydromulch Pamphlet, Form No. 635-127L, St. Paul, NM,
Conwed Corp.
E. D. Etnyre and Co., Koppers Tarmac Handbook, Black Topper Computer, 4th edition,
Oregon, IL, E. D. Etnyre and Co. (EDECO)
Caterpiller Tractor Co., Fundamentals of Earthmoving, May 1965 Revision, Peoria, IL,
Caterpillar Tractor Co.
National Fire Protecting Association, National Electric Code, NFPA No. 70, 1993 edition,
National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, Reinforcing Bar Detailing, CRSI, 3rd edition, Kingsport,
TN, Kingsport Press, Inc., 1988
International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials, Uniform Plumbing Code, 1988
Masonry Institute of America, Volume of Grout Required in Masonry Walls, Design Aid 15,
Masonry Institute of America, Los Angeles, CA, 1971
Bibliography-1
B.
MILITARY PUBLICATIONS
U. S. ARMY
U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, Field Fortifications, FM 5-15, 1968

U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, Management:
Equipment, TM 5-331, 1967
Utilization of Engineer Construction
U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, Earth Moving and Compaction, Grading and Ditching
Equipment, TM 5-331A, 1967
U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, Lifting, Loading, and Hauling Equipment, TM 5-331B, 1968
U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, Rock Crushers, Air Compressors, and Pneumatic Tools,
TM 5-331C, 1968
U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, Construction Management, TM 5-333, 1972
U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, Drainage Structures, Sub Grades and Base Courses,
TM 5-335, 1972
U. S. NAVY
Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Electric/Electronic Handbook, Engineered Performance
Standards, NAVFAC P-703.0, 1990
Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Facilities Engineering-Electrical Exterior Facilities,
NAVFAC MO-200, 1979
Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Wire Communications and Signal Maintenance,
MIL-HDBK-1004/7, 1991
Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Facilities Planning Guide, (Vol.1 drawings, Vol.2
material list) NAVFAC P-437, 1992
Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Unit Price Standards Handbook, NAVFAC P-716, 1983
U. S. Construction Battalions, Pacific Command/ U.S. Construction Battalions, Atlantic
Command, Naval Construction Forces Safety Manual, COMCBPAC/COMCBLANT
Instruction 5100.1F
Naval School, Civil Engineer Corps Officers, Naval Mobile Construction Battalion Crewleaders
Handbook, Sept. 1992
Bibliography-2
APPENDIX A
Work Element Checklist
A-1
This page is blank
A-2
WORK ELEMENT CHECKLIST

Arranged in Work Sequence
A.
STRUCTURES
Remove existing structures
Clearing and grubbing
Blasting
Grading
Fill, place, and compact
Landscape, seed, sod
Excavation and backfill
Concrete foundations and footings
Pipe sleeves
Under-floor conduit and plumbing
Transformer vault
Grade beams
Ground floor slab
Concrete columns, beams, girders
Concrete floor and roof slabs
Precast wall and roof panels
Precast structural members
Precast sills and lintels
Concrete canopy and entrances
Treads and nosings
Pipe sleeves and openings
Alarm system: burglar, fire
Electric service
Structural steel
Masonry: concrete glock, brick, structural tile
Flashing
Framing floors, walls, roofs, stairs
Sheathing walls and roof
Subflooring
Door bucks and frames: wood
Door bucks and frames: metal
Window frames
Conduit in slabs and walls
Piping in walls
Electrical rough-in
Plumbing rough-in
A-3
A.
STRUCTURES (Continued)
Siding: wood
Siding and roofing: metal
Hoods and ventilators
Insulation, roof
Roofing
Asphalt or wood shingles
Ductwork
Intercom system
Telephone switchboard equipment
Tile flooring: asphalt, rubber, vinyl, cork
Acoustical tile
Interior trim
Handrails
Caulking
Telephone service
wallboard
Lathing
Stairways
Studs and partitions: metal
Insulation, walls, and ceilings
Down spouts and gutters
Fire escape
Ladders
Platforms and catwalks
Roof scuttles
Doors: exterior
Doors: screen
Windows
Window screens
Jalousies
Exterior trim
Glazing
Louvers
Cabinets
Closet units
Lockers
Bulletin boards
A-4
A.
STRUCTURES (Continued)
Mirrors and medicine cabinets
Paneling
Door: interior
Doors: metal
Toilet partitions: metal
Security grills
Plastering
Ceramic tile
Painting
Curbs and walks
Parking areas
Fencing
Cleanup
Air conditioning
Compressed air systems
Dehumidifiers
Dry cleaning equipment
Exhaust fans
Fire protection systems
Generators
Heating system
Laundry equipment
Pumps
Refrigerators
Shop equipment
Ventilation equipment
Galley equipment
Water coolers
Hospital equipment
Electric fixtures
Plumbing fixtures
Finish flooring
B.
OUTSIDE UTILITIES
Blasting
Trenching and ditching
A-5
B.
OUTSIDE UTILITIES (Continued)

Backfill and compact
Erosion control
Water mains
Water service lines
Sanitary sewer mains
Sanitary sewer service lines
Valves
Valve boxes
Manholes
Water storage tanks
Water pumps
Sewage pumps
Storm sewers and manholes
Catch basins
Culverts
Culvert head and wing walls
Sewage treatment plants
Poles
Cable
Transformers
Telephone cable
Underground duct
Conduit risers
Manholes and handholes
Street Lights
Security lights
Control devices
Capacitors and voltage regulators
C.
PLANT OPERATIONS
Stripping quarry
Drilling and blasting
Handling and loading quarried material
Hauling to crusher or job
Setting up crusher plant
Operating crusher
Stockpiling crushed material
Hauling crushed material to plants or job
A-6
C.
PLANT OPERATIONS (continued)

Setting up asphalt plant
Operating asphalt plant
Hauling asphalt to job
Setting up concrete batch plant
Hauling concrete to job
Manufacturing concrete block: all sizes
Manufacturing precast concrete units: all types
Hauling precast units to job
Reinforcing steel fabrication
Manufacturing doors, windows, jalousies, louvers
Manufacturing stairs, cabinets, closet units
Manufacturing concrete pipe
D.
ROADS, PAVING, AND WALKS

Blasting
Cut and fill
Grading
Trenching and ditching
Move and change interfering utilities
Culverts
Head and wing walls
Catch basins
Storm drainage
Prepare base
Fine grading
Erosion control
Asphalt tack coat
Spread and roll asphaltic concrete
Spread and roll chip and gravel coats
Concrete paving forms
Reinforcing steel and dowels
Expansion and contraction joints
Finishing and curing
Concrete curbs complete
Concrete walks complete
Asphalt curbs complete
Asphalt erosion protection
Asphalt walks complete
Precast curbs installed
A-7
E.
WATERFRONT CONSTRUCTION
Sheet piling
Pile dolphins
Pier piling
Pile capping
Pier capping
Pier framing
Pier decking
Pier deck hardware
Pile extraction
Tiebacks and deadman
Seawalls
Dredging
A-8
This page is blank
A-9
APPENDIX B
Equipment and Tool Kit Description
(NMCB TOA-01, TOA-02
Power Tools and Naval Construction Force Support Unit Kits)
B-1
This page is blank
B-2
EQUIPMENT AND TOOL KIT DESCRIPTIONS

This appendix contains equipment and tool kit descriptions for those kits found in the
Naval Construction Battalion Table of Allowance (NMCB TOA-01). These descriptions are
briefs of the kit capabilities and the number of personnel it has been designed to support. Due
to frequent updates of kit items, a list of contents is not practical. Kit descriptions are
presented by their section and numerical sequence as listed in the NMCB TOA-01 followed by
assembly numbers which support the basic capabilities.
A complete list of content, stock numbers, and costs are found in the NMCB TOA-01,
or are available from:
Commanding Officer
Code 1571
Naval Construction Battalion Center
1000 23rd Avenue
Port Hueneme, CA 93043-4301
B-3
This page is blank
B-4
TABLE OF ALLOWANCE (TA01)

Assembly
80001
80002
80003
80004
80005
80006
80007
80010
80011
80019
80024
80026
80029
80042
80078
80087
80096
80119
80125
80514
82001
82002
82011
82012
82015
82016
82019
82020
82021
82023
82025
82026
82031
82033
82036
82038
82039
82050
83001
83002
83069
83070
84000
84007
85100
Kit Name
Plumbers (for four men)
Plumbers Shop
Tank Erection (for four men)
Gas Cutting and Welding Rig
Service Refrigeration
Electricians Tools (for two men)
Linemans Tools (for two men)
Surveyors Equipment
Draftsman (for three men)
Carpenters Tools (for four men)
Electric Arc Welding Accessories, 300 AMP
Soils
20 X 48 and 40 X 100 Rigid Frame Erection Tools
No-Skive Hose and Crimp Fitting
Hot Line Tools Electrical
Electronic Distance Measuring System
Welding Gas Tungsten Arc
Installation for Concertina Fencing
Saw Filing and Blade Sharpening
Alfa Co. Shops Support Operating Space Items
Saw Chain GED 18N
Set Paving Breaker Tamler Driver/Drill
Wrench Set IMP Pneumatic 1DR SCKTS 3/4 to 3-1/8
Hammer, Scaling, Pneumatic
Drill, Electric Portable, 3/4
Saw, Circular, Portable 7-1/4 Electric
Grinder/Sander, Electric Portable 7N
Wrench Set, IMP, Pneumatic, 1/2 DR. SCKTS with Accessories
Borer, Wood, Pneumatic Port 1-1/4
Saw, Reciprocating, Horizontal, Portable
Hammer, Pneumatic Portable, Nail DR. DD-160 CAxxxxxxxxxx
Hammer, Nail, Pneumatic, 20-60D
Drill, Electric, Portable, 1/2
Hammer, Pneumatic, Portable, Riveting with Chisels
Paving Breaker Set, Portable, Pneumatic, 80 lb.
Saw, Circular, Steel, Concrete, 12N GED
Tamper, Pneumatic, 6N Butt, 48 lb.
Tamper, Vibrating, Portable, Hammer Set, 4.2 HP
Miscellaneous Construction Tools
Miscellaneous "B" Company Equipment
Security Fence Installation (Tool Suplement)
Linemans Supplemental Tools
Miscellaneous Rigging Gear
Well Completion Kit (Water) 1500 Ft.
Portable Scales for Load Planning/Mountout
B-5
TABLE OF ALLOWANCE (TA02)

Assembly
80009
80020
80021
80022
80028
80032
80037
80038
80039
80047
80051
80055
80056
80065
80066
80088
80097
80110
80121
80127
80128
80140
80141
80142
80143
80144
80145
80146
80147
80148
80149
82003
82004
82005
82007
82008
82009
82013
82017
82022
82024
82032
82034
82035
Augment Kit Name

Welding GMA
Mason Tools (for four men)
Sheet Metal Tools
Wire Rope Splicing Tools
Quarrying and Demolition Equipment
Drywall Installation Tools
Overhead Power Line Conductor Installation
Plastering Tools (for four men)
Ceramic Tile Tools
Laserplane Surveying System
Pioneer and Rigging Tools
Cast Iron Pipe Installation (for four men)
Concrete Placement
Power Installed Screen Anchor and Accessories
Built-Up Roofing
Power Threading
Arcair Cutting and XXXXXXXXX, Electric
Planning and Estimating (P&E)
Asbestos Removal Protective Clothing Material
Concrete Testing (Supplement Kit 80026)
Asphalt Testing (Supplement Kit 80026)
Conduit Installation, 0.5 to 2N, EMT,IMC Rigid
Conduit Bending, 0.5 to 2N, EMT, 0.5 to 1.5 IMC
Conduit Cutting and Threading, 2.5 to 6N
Conduit Bending, 1.25 to 4N, EMT, IMC, Rigid
Conduit Bending, 1.25 to 4N, One Shot, 2.5
PVC Conduit Installation, 0.5 thru 6N
Knockout for Conduits, 0.5 thru 5n
Vacuum Fishtape System, 0.5 to 6N Conduits
Wire Installation, Light Duty
Wire/Cable Puller, Heavy Duty EMD
Auger Earth GED, Portable
Drill, Pneumatic, Sinker, 55 Lb.
Screed, Vibratory, Concrete, GED, 3 HP
Vibrator, Concrete, Electric Motor Drive, 1 HP, 1N
Finishing Machine, Concrete, Rotary, GED
Spray Paint Outfit with Compressor, 1 Qt.
Saw, Circular, Pneumatic, 12
Saw, Circular, Portable 8-1/4N, Double Insulated
Drivers, Powder Actuated, Low Velocity
Drill, Hand, Portable, 1/2 GED
Wrench Set, IMP, Electrical, 1/2 DR with Accessories
Plane, Electrical, Portable, 2-1/2N
Sander, OSCIL, Electrical, Portable, High Speed
B-6
TABLE OF ALLOWANCE (TA02) (Continued)

Assembly
82037
82040
82041
82042
82047
82051
82058
82059
82060
82064
82066
82067
82068
82072
82500
83037
Augment Kit
Sander, Belt, Electrical, Portable, 3N
Door Hanging, with Electric Plane and Router
Mixer, Dual Purpose, Concrete and Mortar, 6CF
Cutter, Rebar, Hydraulic-Electric, 3/4 CAP
Drill, Electric, Portable, 3/8 Heavy Duty, Variable Speed
Rotary Hammer, Electric, for Concrete
Saw, Abrasive, Disc, Masonry, Block/Brick, 20N
Vibrator, Concrete, Electric Motor Driven, 3 HP
Vibrator, Concrete, Pneumatic, 1-3/8N, Round Head
Drill, 3/4N, H/D, REV, with magnetic Base Press
Compressor, 15 CFM, with Hose Kit
Welder, Arc, 300 AMP, Electric Rectifier
Welder Kit, Plastic, Portable, for PVC and ABS
Saw, Radial Arm, Portable, EMD, 15 and 18N
Miscellaneous Electrical Test Equipment
Supplemental Tools, Material, for Peacetime
B-7
TABLE OF ALLOWANCE OTHER ASSEMBLIES

Assembly
80018
80027
80035
80036
80041
80046
80054
80063
80064
80152
81007
82006
82010
82014
82018
82043
82045
82049
82073
82501
82502
82504
83006
83007
83008
83009
83010
83014
83023
83024
83035
83039
83041
83043
83044
83059
83077
83079
85002
85003
85014
TA
Miscellaneous Kit Name
TA10
Kit, Plumbers Shop, CBU
TA13/19
Kit, Railroad Tools
TA13/16
Support materials for Line construction
TA13
Kit, Tool, Lead Cable, Splicing F/2 Men
TA13/19
Kit, Heavy Timber Constr. Tools F/4 Men
ABFC
Kit, Snow Removal Tools
TA10
Kit, Materials Testing (Smoke)
TA04
Kit, Construction Tools, Mini
TA04
Kit, Engineering Aid, Mini
TA55/56
Safety Support Equip/Mat'l Stored
TA70
Kit, Misc. Tools, Wrenches, Shovels, Hand
TA10/13/19/29/44Tamper, Vibrating, Port, 4HP, GED
TA10
Saw, Circular Table and Accessories
TA13
Drill, Pneu, Port 7/8
TA13
Hammer, Mail, Pneu 60D 3/8
TA13/56
Wrench, Elec, Impact 1/2 DR ADJ Torque
TA03/6/9
Driver, Powder Actuated Micro Kit
TA13
Screed Vibratory. Twin Beam, GED 21FT
TA70
Gen. Set,GED,Port.5kW,120V,60HZ,42AMPS
TA29
Misc. Electronics Test Equipment, F/RSA
TA10
Misc. Electronic Test Equipment
TA45/50
100-Man Det Misc. Elec. Test Equip.
TA03
Electricians Equipment and Supplies
TA03
Builders Equipment and Supplies
TA03
Utilitiesman Equipment and Supplied
TA03
Steelworkers Equipment and Supplied
TA03
Surveyors Equipment and Supplies
TA13
Misc. "B" Company Equipment
TA65/66
Carpenter Shop Equipment
TA45/50
100-Man Det Misc. Construction Tools
TA10
Misc. Tools/Equipment
TA65/66
Steel Shop Equipment
TA09
Misc. "B" Company Material for RSA
TA09/13/29
Misc. Construction Tools and Equipment
TA09/13
Misc "A" Company Equipment for RSA
TA19/42
Misc. "B" Company Material
TA10
Misc. Shop Equipment, Bravo Company
TA13
NMCB-Load Bank Gen. Test 5/250 kW
ABFC
Kit, Camp Maint. Tools and Consumables
TA13/63/64
Kit, Valve Reconditioning Tools
TA10/13
Scaffold, Port. 2 inch Aluminum with 8 inch
B-8
85017
85018
85019
85025
85036
85037
ABFC
ABFC
ABFC
TA13
ABFC
ABFC
90006
TA13
Slings/Rope/Blocks
Saw, Woodworking, Circular
Saw, Woodworking, Circular and Radial
Saw, Chain, 36N, GED, 2 Man
Rapid Runway Repair Tools F/AM2 Matting
Rapid Runway Repair Tools F/Fiber Glass,
Reinf.
Clothing, Desert Support for 100-Men Det.
B-9
POWER TOOLS
Assembly
Kit Name
82001
82002
82011
82012
82015
82016
82019
82020
82021
82023
82025
82026
82031
82033
82036
82038
82039
82050
Saw, Chain, GED, 18n

Set Paving Breaker, Tamper DR
Wrench Set, IMP, Pneumatic, 1 DR SCKTS
Hammer, Scaling, Pneumatic
Drill, Electric, Portable, 3/4
Saw, Circular, Portable, 7-1/4N
Grinder/Sander, Electric, Portable, 7
Wrench Set, IMP, Pneumatic, 1/2 DR, SCKT
Borer, Wood, Pneumatic, Portable, 1-1/4
Saw, Reciprocating, Horizontal, P
Hammer, Pneumatic, Portable, Nail DR, 6D-16
Hammer, Pneumatic, Nail 20-60D
Drill, Electrical, Portable, 1/2
Hammer, Pneumatic, Portable Drive
Paving Breaker Set, Portable, Pneumatic, 80 Lb.
Saw, Circular, Steel-Concrete, 12N, GED
Tamper, Pneumatic, 6N Butt, 48 Lb.
Tamper, Vibraaating, Portable, Rammer
B-10
NAVAL CONSTRUCTION FORCE SUPPORT UNIT KITS

Assembly
80027
80035
80036
80041
82006
82014
82018
82043
82049
83014
83079
85003
85014
85025
Kit Name
Railroad Tools
Support Materials for Line Construction/Maintenance Vehicle
Tool, Lead Cable Splicing (for two men)
Heavy Timber Construction (for four men)
Tamper, Vibrating, Portable, 4 HP, GED
Drill, Pneumatic, Portable, 7/8
Hammer, Nail, Pneumatic, 60D, 3/8
Wrench, Electric, Impact, 1/2 Drive
Screed, Vibratory, Twinbeam, GED, 21 Ft.
Miscellaneous "B" Company Equipment
NMCB Load Bank Gen. Test 5/250 kW
Valve Reconditioning Tools
Scaffold, Portable, 2-inch Aluminum
Saw, Chain, 36N, GED, (for two men)
B-11
This page is blank
B-12
APPENDIX C
Conversion and Waste Factors
C-1
This page is blank
C-2
TABLE C-1. Conversion and Waste Factors

Material
CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
Concrete (1:2:4)
Cement
Fine aggregate
Coarse aggregate
Curing Compound
Forms: Footings and Piers
2X4
2X8
2 X 12
Forms: Ground Slabs
1X4
2X4
Forms: Walls and Columns
2X4
Plywood (50% reuse)
Forms: Beams and Suspension Slabs
1X6
2X4
2 X 10
4X4
4X6
Plywood
Form oil
Tie wire
Snap tie wedges
Snap ties
She bolts
Nails (bf lumber + sf plywood,
ordered as mfbm)
6d box
8d common
16d common
20d common
6d duplex
8d duplex
16d duplex
Trim
6d finish
8d finish
C-3
Conversion
% Waste
6.0 SK/CD
0.6 CD/CD
1.0 CD/CD
10
10
10
0.5 GL/100 SF
10
1.5 FT/SFCS
0.2 FT/SFCS
0.7 FT/SFCS
20
10
5
0.1 FT/SF area

0.1 FT/SF area
20
5
1.3 FT/SFCS
0.5 SF/SFCS
20
5
0.3 FT/SFCS
0.5 FT/SFCS
0.1 FT/SFCS
0.4 FT/SFCS
0.1 FT/SFCS
0.5 SF/SFCS
0.5 GL /100 SF
12.0 LB/TN
0.1 EA/SFCS
0.1 EA/SFCS
0.1 SE/SFCS
5
20
10
5
5
5
10
10
5
5
5
6 LB/MFBM
4 LB/MFBM
6 LB/MFBM
2 LB/MFBM
4 LB/MFBM
9 LB/MFBM
9 LB/MFBM
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
7 LB/1000 FT
14 LB/1000 FT
10
10
TABLE C-1. Conversion and Waste Factors (Continued)

Material
Conversion
% Waste
0.4 LB/FT
0.7 LB/FT
1.0 LB/FT
1.5 LB/FT
2.0 LB/FT
2.7 LB/FT
10
10
10
10
10
10
____
____
____
____
____
____
15
25
25
25
15
10
STEEL ERECTION
Rivets
25 EA/TN
10
Bolts (field)
Temporary
Permanent
Sheet Metal
5 EA/TN
25 EA/TN
____
5
5
10
115 SF/SQ
122 SF/SQ
10
15
900 EA/SQ
600 EA/SQ
450 EA/SQ
4 LB/1000 shingles
15
15
15
15
1 SQ/SQ
4 SQ/SQ
125 LB/SQ
400 LB/SQ
20
20
10
10
CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION(Continued)
Reinforcing Steel
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
#8
Lumber
Framing
Sheathing
Flooring
Roofing
Wallboard
Trim
ROOFING
Corrugated Steel (6-inch end lap)
26-inch width
27.5-inch width
Wood Shingles
16 inch (4-inch exposure)
Nails (4d)
Built-Up Roofing (4 ply)
Sheathing paper
Felt
Pitch
Gavel
C-4

Material
Conversion
% Waste
TILING
Floor Tile
Asphalt, vinyl, asbestos
Primer
Adhesive
Cleaner
Wax
____
5 GL/1000 SF
10 GL/1000 SF
5 GL/1000 SF
5 GL/1000 SF
10
20
20
20
20
Acoustic Tile
Tile
Cement
____
25 GL/1000 SF
10
20
75 panes/BX
45 panes/BX
30 panes/BX
22 panes/BX
16 panes/BX
10
10
10
10
10
____
10
Putty
8 X 12
10 X 16
12 X 20
14 X 24
16 X 28
0.6 LB/pane
0.8 LB/pane
0.9 LB/pane
1.1 LB/pane
1.4 LB/pane
20
20
20
20
20
CAULKING
Primer
2 GL/1000 FT
10
13 GL/1000 FT
10
GLASS AND GLAZING

Glass
8 X 12
10 X 16
12 X 20
14 X 24
16 X 28
Glazing Clips
Compound (1/2 X 1/2)

PAINTING
Metal
Enamel
Zinc white
White lead
0.2 GL/100 SF
0.2 GL/100 SF
0.2 GL/100 SF
C-5
10
10
10
Material
Conversion
% Waste
PAINTING (Continued)
Wood
Enamel
Zinc white
White lead
Varnish
Flat
Gloss
0.2 GL/100 SF
0.2 GL/100 SF
0.3 GL/100 SF
0.2 GL/100 SF
0.2 GL/100 SF
0.3 GL/100 SF
10
10
10
10
10
10
Brick, Concrete, Plaster

Enamel
Zinc white
White lead
Varnish
Flat
Gloss
Size
Primer
Calcimine
0.2 GL/100 SF
0.3 GL/100 SF
0.4 GL/100 SF
0.2 GL/100 SF
0.3 GL/100 SF
0.4 GL/100 SF
0.3 GL/100 SF
0.3 GL/100 SF
0.4 GL/100 SF
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
10
10
10
10
10
10
EA
EA
EA
10
10
5
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
10
5
10
10
10
5
PLUMBING
Pipe
Cast iron
Clay, vitrified
Plastic
Wrought iron, G.V., B.I.
Copper
Grooved steel (invasion)
Fittings
Cast iron
2 inch and smaller
6 inch and smaller
8 inch and smaller
Clay and Concrete
4 inch to 10 inch
12 inch to 24 inch
Plastic
Wrought iron
Copper
Grooved steel
C-6

Material
PLUMBING (Continued)
Valves
Globe and gate
2 inch and smaller
2-1/2 inch and larger
Check
2 inch and smaller
2-1/2 inch and larger
Special applications
Solder, Soft
Copper fittings
3/8 inch
1/2 inch
3/4 inch
1 inch
1-1/4 inch
1-1/2 inch
2 inch
2-1/2 inch
3 inch
3-1/2 inch
4 inch
Conversion
% Waste
EA
EA
5
3
EA
EA
EA
3
2
0
1 LB/100 joints
10
0.5 LB
0.75 LB
1.0 LB
1.25 LB
1.7 LB
1.8 LB
2.4 LB
3.2 LB
3.9 LB
4.5 LB
5.5 LB
Solder, Hard
Hard solder requirements equal
75% of soft per individual
size 100 joints.
Flux
Soft solder
Silver braze (hard)
Lead and Oakum
Joint size
2 inch
3 inch
4 inch
5 inch
6 inch
Oakum
C-7
10 LB/100 LB
7.5 LB/75 LB
10
2
LB/joint
2 LB
3 LB
4 LB
5 LB
6 LB
1 LB per 5 LB lead

Material
Conversion
% Waste
ELECTRICAL
Conduit
FT
Wire
FT
10
Fittings
EA
STEEL
Bolts (field)
Temporary
Permanent
5 EA/TN
25 EA/TN
5
5
Rivets (field)
25 EA/TN
10
____
____
____
____
10
10
10
10
Sheet
Galvanized sheet
Copper sheet
Aluminum
Black iron
Electrode, Mild Steel, Carbon, and Stainless
1/8 inch thickness
3/16 inch thickness
1/4 inch thickness
5/16 inch thickness
3/8 inch thickness
1/2 inch thickness
5/8 inch thickness
3/4 inch thickness
1 inch thickness
NOTE: Above figures are for fillets, butt,
and groove welds with no backing strips.
1 LB/FT
0.064
0.113
0.158
0.232
0.345
0.581
0.874
1.395
2.148
C-8
APPENDIX D
Conversion Factors for English to Metric System
D-1
This page is blank
D-2
TABLE D-1. Conversion Factors for English to Metric System

Basic Metric Length Relationships
One Unit
Equals
Millimeters
Millimeter (mm)
Centimeter (cm)
Meters (m)
Kilometer (km)
1.0
10.0
1,000.0
1,000,000.0
Centimeters
0.1
1.0
100.0
100,000.0
Meters
Kilometers
0.001
0.01
1.0
1,000.0
0.000,001
0.000,01
0.001
1.000
Length Conversion Tables for English to Metric System

inches------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------centimeters
centimeters----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------I
inches
feet------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------I
I
meters
meters--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------feet
I
I
I
yards----------------------------------------------------------------------------------meterss
I
I
I
I
meters-------------------------------------------------------------yards
I
I
I
I
I
miles-----------------------------------kilometers
I
I
I
I
I
I
kilometers-------------miles
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
0.62
1.61
1.09
.091
3.28
0.30
0.39
2.54
2
1.24
3.22
2.19
1.83
6.56
0.61
0.79
5.08
3
1.86
4.83
3.28
2.74
9.84
0.91
1.18
7.62
4
2.49
6.44
4.37
3.66
13.12
1.22
1.57
10.16
5
3.11
8.05
5.47
4.57
16.40
1.52
1.97
12.79
6
3.73
9.66
6.56
5.49
19.68
1.83
2.36
15.24
7
4.35
11.27
7.66
6.40
22.97
2.13
2.76
17.73
8
4.97
12.87
8.75
7.32
26.25
2.44
3.15
20.32
9
5.59
14.48
9.84
8.23
29.53
2.74
3.54
22.86
10
6.21
16.09
10.94
9.14
32.81
3.05
3.93
25.40
20
12.43
32.19
21.87
18.29
65.62
6.10
7.87
50.80
30
18.64
48.28
32.31
27.43
98.42
9.14
11.81
76.20
40
24.85
64.37
43.74
36.58
131.23
12.19
15.75
101.60
50
31.07
80.47
54.68
45.72
164.04
16.24
19.68
127.00
60
37.28
96.56
65.62
54.86
196.85
18.29
23.62
152.40
70
43.50
112.65
76.55
64.00
229.66
21.34
27.56
177.80
80
49.71
128.75
87.49
73.15
262.47
24.38
31.50
203..20
90
55.92
144.34
98.42
82.80
295.28
27..43
35.43
228.60
100
62.14
160.94
109.36
91.44
328.08
30.48
39.37
254.00
*Example:
3 yards = 2.74 meters, 3 feet = 0.91 meeters, 3 meters = 3.28 yards

Fractions of an Inch
Inch
1/16 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/12 3/8 7/16
Centimeters 0.16 0.32 0.48 0.64 0.79 0.95 1.11 1.27
Inch
9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 13/16 7/8 15/16 1
Centimeters 1.43 1.59 1.75 1.91 2.06 2.22 2.36 2.54
Units of Centimeters
Centimeters 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Inches
0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.20 0.24 0.28 0.31 0.35 0.39
D-3
TABLE D-1. Conversion Factors for English to Metric System (Continued)

Basic Metric Weight Relationships
One Unit Equals
Gram (gm)
Kilogram (kg)
Metric ton
Grams
Kilograms
1.0
1,000.0
1,000,000.0
Metric Ton
0.0001
1.000
1,000.000
0.000,001
0.001
1.000
Weight(1) Conversion Tables for English to Metric Systems

ounces------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------grams
grams------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ounces
I
pounds----------------------------------------------------------------I
I
kilograms
kilograms---------------------------------------------pounds
I
I
I
short---------------------------------metric
I
I
I
I
ton(2)----------------------------------ton
I
I
I
I
metric-------------short
I
I
I
I
I
ton(3)---------------ton
I
I
I
I
I
1
1.10
.91
2.20
0.46
0.04
28.4
2
2.20
1.81
4.41
0.91
0.07
56.7
3
3.31
2.72
6.61
1.36
0.11
85.0
4
4.41
3.63
8.82
1.81
0.14
113.4
5
5.51
4.54
11.02
2.67
0.18
141.8
6
6.61
5.44
13.23
2.72
0.21
170.1
7
7.72
6.35
15.43
3.18
0.25
198.4
8
8.82
7.26
17.64
3.63
0.28
226.8
9
9.92
8.16
19.84
4.08
0.32
255.2
10
11.02
9.07
22.05
4.54
0.35
283.5
20
22.05
18.14
44.09
9.07
0.71
567.0
30
33.07
27.22
66.14
13.61
1.06
850.5
40
44.09
36.29
88.18
18.14
1.41
1134.0
50
55.12
45.36
110.23
22.68
1.76
1417.5
60
66.14
54.43
132.28
27.22
2.12
1701.0
70
77.16
63.50
154.32
31.75
2.47
1984.5
80
88.18
72.57
176.37
36.29
2.82
2268.0
90
99.21
81.65
188.42
40.82
3.17
2551.5
100
110.20
90.72
220.46
45.36
3.53
2835.0
*Example:
Convert 28 pounds to kilograms

28 pounds = 20 pounds + 8 pounds
From the tables: 20 pounds = 9.07 kg, and 8 pounds = 3.63 kg
Therefore: 28 pounds = 9.07 kg + 3.63 kg = 12.70 kg
The weights used for the English system are avoirdupois (common) weights.
The short tone is 2,000 pounds
3
The metric ton is 1,000 kg.
2
D-4
TABLE D-1. Conversion Factors for English to Metric System (Continued)

Volume Conversion Tables for English to Metric System
CU. METERS-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------CU. FEET----------CU.
YARDS
CU. YARDS----------------------------------------------------------------CU. FEET--------CU.
METERS
I
I
CU. FEET--------------CU. YARDS-------CU. METERS
0.037
0.028
27.0
0.76
35.3
I
1.31
0.074
0.057
54.0
1.53
70.6
2.62
0.111
0.085
81.0
2.29
105.9
3.92
0.148
0.113
108.0
3.06
141.3
5.23
0.185
0.142
135.0
3.82
176.6
6.54
0.212
0.170
162.0
4.59
211.9
7.85
0.259
0.198
189.0
5.35
247.2
9.16
0.296
0.227
216.0
6.12
282.5
10.46
0.333
0.255
243.0
6.88
317.8
11.77
10
0.370
0.283
270.0
7.65
353.1
13.07
20
0.741
0.566
540.0
15.29
706.3
26.16
30
1.111
0.850
810.0
22.94
1059.4
39.24
40
1.481
1.133
1080.0
30.58
1412.6
52.82
50
1.852
1.416
1350.0
38.23
1765.7
65.40
60
2.222
1.700
1620.0
45.87
2118.9
78.48
70
2.592
1.982
1890.0
53.52
2472.0
91.56
80
2.962
2.265
2160.0
61.16
2825.2
104.63
90
3.333
2.548
2430.0
68.81
3178.3
117.71
100
3.703
2.832
2700.0
76.46
3531.4
130.79
*Example:
3 cubic yards = 81.0 cubic feet
Volume:
The cubic meter is the only common dimension used for measuring the
volume of solids in the metric system.
D-5
TABLE D-2. Conduit and Wire Conversion Factors

Wire Size
Wire Ampacity
AWG
20
25
30
45
60
80
100
130
165
200
235
280
325
415
Millimeters
12
10
8
6
4
3
2
1/0
3/0
4/0
250 MCM
280
400
500
600 MCM
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
35
50
70
95
120
150
185
240
300
Conduit Size
Inches
Millimeters
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
90
100
125
D-6
TABLE D-3. Decimal Equivalent Chart

Inch
Decimal
Inch
Decimal
Inch
Decimal
Inch
Decima
l
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
.03125
.0625
.09375
.125
5/32
3/16
7/32
1/4
.15625
.1875
.21875
.250
9/32
5/16
11/32
3/8
.28125
.3125
.34375
.375
13/32
7/16
15/32
1/2
.40625
.4375
.46875
.500
17/32
9/16
19/32
5/8
.53125
.56125
.59375
.625
21/32
11/16
23/32
3/4
.65625
.6875
.71875
.750
25/32
13/16
27/32
7/8
.78125
.8125
.84375
.875
29/32
15/16
31/32
1
.90625
.9375
.96875
1.0000
D-7
TABLE D-4. Time Conversion Factors

Man-Hours to Minutes
Fractional
Man-Hours
Minutes
Equivalent
Fractional
Man-Hours
Minutes
Equivalent
.017
.033
.050
.067
.083
1
2
3
4
5
0.517
0.533
0.550
0.567
0.583
31
32
33
34
35
.100
.117
.133
.150
.167
6
7
8
9
10
0.600
0.617
0.633
0.650
0.667
36
37
38
39
40
.183
.200
.217
.233
.250
11
12
13
14
15
0.683
0.700
0.717
0.733
0.750
41
42
43
44
45
.267
.283
.300
.317
.334
16
17
18
19
20
0.767
0.783
0.800
0.817
0.833
46
47
48
49
50
.350
.368
.383
.400
.417
21
22
23
24
25
0.850
0.867
0.883
0.900
0.917
51
52
53
54
55
.433
.450
.467
.483
.500
26
27
28
29
30
0.933
0.950
0.967
0.983
1.000
56
57
58
59
60
D-8
TABLE D-4. Time Conversion Factors

Man-Day to Hours
Fractional
Man-Day
Man-Hour
Equivalent
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
0 hr. 48 min.
1 hr. 36 min.
2 hr. 24 min.
3 hr. 12 min.
4 hr. 0 min.
4 hr. 48 min.
5 hr. 36 min.
6 hr. 24 min.
7 hr. 12 min.
D-9
This page is blank
D-10
APPENDIX E
Average Temperature and Rainfall Chart
E-1
This page is blank
E-2
TABLE E-1. Average Temperature and Rainfall Outside The United States
Location
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Jul
ANDROS IS.
Bahamas
77
1.4
2
77
1.5
2
79
1.4
3
81
2.5
5
84
4.6
8
87
6.4
12
88
5.8
11
89
5.3
11
88
6.9
11
85
6.5
10
81
2.8
5
79
1.3
2
ARGENTIA
Canada
34
4.8
19
33
3.8
9
35
3.1
8
41
2.9
8
47
2.5
6
55
2.4
6
62
3.2
6
65
3.2
7
59
3.1
6
52
3.6
8
46
4.9
9
38
4.5
10
BAHRAIN
Saudi Arabia
70
0.8
2
72
0.4
1
79
0.4
1
90
0.1
1
99
0
0
106
0
0
108
0
0
108
0
0
103
0
0
95
0
0
84
0.1
1
73
0.8
2
BARBADOS IS.
U.K.
83
0.8
3
84
1.0
4
84
0.6
3
85
2.1
5
86
5.1
10
86
2.7
5
86
6.5
12
87
6.9
15
86
4.3
10
86
7.7
10
85
7.4
10
84
3.4
11
BERMUDA
64
4.5
16
63
4.1
15
63
4.2
15
66
3.3
11
71
3.7
10
76
4.9
11
80
4.0
12
81
4.8
14
79
5.6
14
75
6.6
16
70
4.4
14
66
4.4
15
60
5.1
10.6
62
3.9
9.7
62
2.6
6.8
69
1.1
3.9
76
0.6
1.8
83
0.1
0.0
86
0
0
87
0.1
0.1
82
1.3
4.1
75
1.5
4.7
69
4.8
9.3
62
6.7
11.1
76
1.1
3
76
0.9
3
78
1.1
3
79
1.0
3
81
3.0
6
83
2.4
6
84
1.0
3
84
1.9
6
83
3.5
8
82
6.1
11
80
1.6
6
78
1.0
4
82
12.8
21
82
8.9
20
83
6.5
16
83
6.6
15
81
6.0
15
80
5.2
16
79
5.2
16
79
9.1
14
79
8.9
17
80
12.9
18
81
5.9
13
82
6.7
15
GREECE
Nea Makri
56
2.5
6
59
1.0
3
59
1.5
5
68
1.2
3
78
1.0
2
86
0.4
1
91
0.2
1
92
0.2
1
84
0.8
1
73
2.5
4
65
2.3
6
59
1.9
4
GUAM
Anderson AFB
81
4.2
9
81
4.6
8
81
2.4
6
83
4.9
8
83
5.7
9
84
4.6
11
84
8.0
14
84
11.7
16
83
13.5
19
83
15.4
18
83
6.8
13
82
6.7
12
GUAM
Agana
80
4.6
19
80
3.0
15
80
2.4
17
81
3.6
17
82
5.0
19
82
4.9
21
82
9.5
24
81
12.2
24
81
13.8
25
81
12.4
24
81
8.4
23
81
4.9
22
HOLY LOCH
Scotland
43
4.6
10
44
3.2
9
48
2.5
7
53
2.3
6
59
2.6
7
64
2.4
6
66
3.1
8
65
3.3
8
61
3.6
8
54
4.7
9
47
4.1
9
43
4.2
10
CRETE
Khania
CUBA
Guanto. Bay
DIEGO GARCIA
NOTE:
1st Number - Average Monthly Temperature

2nd Number - Average Monthly Precipitation
3rd Number - Average Monthly Days of Rain
E-3
TABLE E-1. Average Temperature and Rainfall Outside the United States (Continued)
Location
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
ITALY
Naples
47
3.7
11
48
2.8
8
52
2.9
9
59
2.9
8
65
2.0
5
72
1.5
4
JAPAN
Atsugi
39
1.9
6
41
2.0
8
46
3.9
11
56
4.8
13
64
5.9
13
JAPAN
Iwakuni
41
2.6
9
42
2.6
8
47
4.3
11
57
7.6
12
JAPAN
Misawa AB
35
4.2
10
37
3.3
8
43
0.36
6
MIDWAY IS.
66
4.8
16
66
3.9
13
OKINAWA
Futema
60
4.6
16
OKINAWA
Makiminato
Aug
Sept
Nov
Dec
77
0.7
1
77
0.9
2
72
2.9
4
63
5.3
8
56
4.5
7
51
4.7
13
70
7.6
14
77
5.6
13
80
5.7
12
73
7.1
13
62
5.7
13
53
3.1
10
44
2.3
5
65
7.1
13
71
11.0
12
80
10.1
13
81
5.6
9
75
6.9
11
64
4.0
8
55
3.2
8
46
1.7
7
56
2.8
6
65
3.1
6
68
4.7
8
76
4.4
8
80
3.4
6
74
5.9
9
64
4.6
7
51
3.3
7
40
3.4
8
67
2.9
12
68
2.5
10
71
2.3
8
76
2.7
10
78
3.6
14
79
4.5
14
79
3.3
14
76
3.6
14
72
4.1
14
68
4.1
16
61
3.5
13
64
5.5
15
69
4.7
11
75
10.7
15
79
13.3
14
83
7.4
12
83
9.2
16
81
5.1
14
75
4.4
11
71
4.0
11
64
5.8
14
67
5.3
10.1
67
5.4
10.2
70
6.1
8.7
76
6.1
8.7
80
8.9
10.4
85
10.0
11
89
7.1
9.1
88
10.0
11
87
7.1
9.6
81
6.6
9
75
5.9
8.2
70
4.3
8.5
OKINAWA
Shields
65
4.0
7.4
66
4.8
7.9
70
5.1
8.1
75
5.6
7.7
80
8.3
10.9
84
10.8
10.4
88
7.4
6.8
87
8.4
8.5
86
10.4
7.5
81
6.1
6.2
75
4.7
6
69
4.4
6.1
PHILIPPINES
Cubi Point
80
0.1
1
81
0.1
1
83
0.2
2
85
0.6
2
85
8.6
10
83
23.2
20
81
31.8
25
81
33.5
25
81
25.7
22
82
7.2
12
82
3.0
7
81
0.7
4
PUERTO
RICO
Roosevelt Rds
77
3.8
17
72
2.2
14
78
2.8
13
79
3.7
14
81
7.3
19
82
4.8
18
83
4.8
21
83
5.5
19
83
6.3
19
86
6.9
18
80
6.8
18
79
4.9
19
SICILY
Sigonella
40
2.8
11
40
1.8
8
42
1.7
9
45
1.9
8
51
1.1
5
59
0.5
4
64
0.2
1
66
0.6
2
62
1.0
4
56
5.8
8
48
1.3
7
43
3.0
13
SPAIN
Rota
53
3.4
12
55
2.9
10
57
2.8
10
61
1.4
7
66
1.5
6
70
0.6
3
75
0.0
0
75
0.1
0
72
0.7
4
67
3.3
7
58
4.1
10
53
3.8
10
NOTE:
Jul

E-4
Oct
TABLE E-2. Average Temperature and Rainfall for the United States
Location
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
ALASKA
Adak
34
6.4
24
33
5.1
22
35
6.2
25
38
4.7
22
41
4.4
22
45
3.4
22
CALIFORNIA
Alameda
50
3.6
10
53
2.2
8
56
2.2
8
58
1.2
5
60
0.4
2
CALIFORNIA
Lemoore
44
1.1
6
50
1.1
6
54
0.7
4
59
0.6
4
CALIFORNIA
Point Mugu
54
2.2
5
55
2.4
5
54
1.1
3
CALIFORNIA
San Diego
55
1.7
6
56
1.2
5
CONNECTICUT
New London
37
3.7
7
FLORIDA
Jacksonville
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
49
3.1
16
52
3.8
18
48
5.7
22
43
7.0
26
37
8.2
26
34
7.7
25
63
0.2
1
64
0.0
0
64
0.0
1
66
0.2
1
63
1.1
4
57
2.3
8
51
3.3
10
68
0.3
2
74
0.1
1
81
0.0
0
80
0.0
0
73
0.1
1
64
0.3
2
53
1.2
6
44
1.0
8
56
0.9
3
59
0.1
1
61
0.0
1
64
0.0
0
66
0.1
0
66
0.1
1
63
0.2
1
58
2.6
5
54
1.7
6
58
1.2
5
60
0.6
4
62
0.2
2
65
0.1
1
69
0.0
0
71
0.1
0
69
0.1
1
66
0.3
2
61
1.2
5
57
1.4
5
39
3.2
7
45
4.3
7
57
4.1
7
66
4.0
7
75
2.6
6
81
3.3
6
80
4.1
7
74
3.4
6
64
3.5
6
52
4.4
7
40
4.1
8
57
2.4
7
59
3.1
8
64
3.1
7
71
2.5
6
77
3.3
8
81
5.1
12
83
6.0
15
83
7.5
15
80
6.0
13
73
3.9
9
64
1.4
6
58
2.2
7
FLORIDA
Pensacola
51
3.7
10
54
4.5
10
59
4.1
10
68
3.6
6
75
3.0
7
80
5.0
9
82
5.9
13
82
5.9
12
79
7.0
10
70
4.2
6
60
2.6
7
55
3.9
9
HAWAII
Pearl Harbor
66
3.8
9
66
3.3
10
662.
9
9
68
1.3
8
70
1.0
6
72
0.3
6
73
0.4
6
74
0.9
7
73
1.0
6
72
1.8
9
70
2.2
8
68
3.0
9
ILLINOIS
Great Lakes
23
2.0
9
26
1.5
8
36
2.7
11
48
3.5
12
58
3.4
11
69
4.2
10
73
3.8
9
72
2.7
8
65
3.3
9
54
2.4
8
39
2.3
9
28
2.3
10
MARYLAND
Annapolis
42
2.7
6
46
3.2
7
51
4.1
8
66
3.6
8
74
3.4
7
83
3.8
6
87
4.4
6
85
4.9
7
79
3.1
5
68
3.1
5
55
3.2
6
44
3.0
6
MISSISSIPPI
Gulfport
61
4.0
8
63
4.7
9
70
5.9
8
71
4.9
8
83
4.6
8
89
5.3
8
90
7.1
10
90
6.3
9
87
6.1
9
79
3.2
6
69
3.2
6
62
4.9
9
30
3.6
11
31
3.7
9
39
3.9
10
48
3.8
11
57
3.8
11
73
2.7
9
71
4.0
9
65
3.1
8
55
2.6
7
45
4.3
11
34
4.3
12
SOUTH
CAROLINA
Charleston
49
3.1
10
51
3.5
9
56
4.4
11
65
2.9
7
72
4.3
9
78
5.9
11
80
8.0
15
80
6.6
13
75
5.2
9
66
3.2
6
57
2.3
7
50
3.1
8
TENNESSEE
Memphis
41
4.1
10
43
4.6
10
51
4.8
10
63
5.0
11
71
4.2
9
79
3.3
8
81
3.6
9
80
3.1
7
74
3.5
7
63
2.4
6
51
3.7
8
43
5.0
10
RHODE ISLAND
Davisville
E-5
67
2.5
10
Jul
TABLE E-2. Average Temperature and Rainfall

for the United States (Continued)
Location
Jan
Feb
VIRGINIA
Oceana
41
4.1
10
42
3.7
10
WASHINGTON
Whidbey Is.
40
2.4
18
42
1.7
13
NOTE:
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
48
3.5
11
58
2.5
10
66
3.5
10
74
3.2
8
78
5.1
11
77
6.0
10
72
4.4
8
44
1.6
14
48
1.4
12
53
1.1
8
57
1.2
8
59
0.6
5
59
0.8
6
56
1.2
8

E-6
Oct
Nov
Dec
62
4.1
7
53
2.8
8
44
3.1
8
51
2.0
13
45
2.3
16
41
2.8
18
APPENDIX F
Standard Drawing Symbols
(Partial List)
F-1
This page is blank
F-2
FIGURE F-1. Title Symbols
UP TO 11 15/16" TO BE EXPRESSED AS PROVIDE ADDITIONAL GRAPHIC

INCHES, 12" AND ABOVE TO BE IN
SUMBOL LEGEND ON PLANS AS
FEET AND INCHES.
REQUIRED.
FIGURE F-2 Standard Symbols
F-3
FIGURE F-3. Structural and Welding
F-4
FIGURE F-4. Architectural (Materials) Symbols (Sheet1 of 3)
F-5
FIGURE F-4. Architectural (Materials) Symbols (Sheet 2 of 3)

F-6
FIGURE F-4. Architectural (Materials) Symbols (Sheet 3 of 3)

F-7
FIGURE F-5. Mechanical Symbols (Sheet 1 of 4)
F-8
F-9
FIGURE F-5. Mechanical Symbold (Sheet 3 of 4)

F-10

F-11
FIGURE F-6. Electrical Symbols (Sheet 1 of 3)

F-12

F-13

F-14
APPENDIX G
Project Planning Steps
G-1
This page is blank
G-2
PROJECT PLANNING STEPS

A.
PRELIMINARY
1.
2.
3.
Obtain and review plans and specifications.

Write scope paragraph.
Develop master activities.
NOTE:
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
Between 10-15 activities keyed to major

construction phases or like activities, these should
be kept as rate specific as possible.
Place Master Activities into logical construction sequence (i.e., Logic

Network)
Rough man-days per Master Activity (crew size X duration).
Select construction methods.
Identify lead time materials.
Visit site, if practical.
DETAILED
1.
2.
Break Master Activities into Level III (or construction) activities.

Develop construction activity subnets.
NOTE:
Construction activities should be between 3-15

days. There may be some exceptions, but much
smaller and there are too many activities; much
larger and there are too few.There should be no
less than 15 and no more than 100 activities on
any project.
3.
4.
Identify any training required and ensure it is provided.

Write quantity estimates for detailed activities:
- permanent material
- construction support
- material (consumables
- crew size and ratings
- tools and equipment
- durations
- man-days
5.
Complete Construction Activity Summary (CAS) sheet for each detailed

activity.
G-3
B.
DETAILED (continued)
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Compare activity materials to the Naval Construction Regiment (NCR)

Bill of Materials (BM).
Make or request shop drawings and notify S-3 of requirements.
Revise scope or methods, based on site visit.
Make up safety and Quality Control (QC) Plans and identify major items
in each activity, using information contained on CAS sheets.
Monitor message traffic Situation Reports (SITREPS) and
correspondence.
Calculate critical path and float using activity durations and logic
diagram.
Use deployment calendar to relate project days to calendar dates.
Level resources and reschedule.
Identify other information as necessary, such as any constraints on
start/finish. Examples: Utility tie-ins; outages; material delivery.
Supply Required Delivery Dates (RDD) for materials to Naval
Construction Regiment.
Develop Level II Master Activity charts.
Develop milestones and, if minicomputer is to be used, enter the project
into the computer.
G-4
APPENDIX H
FORMS
H-1
This page is blank
H-2
________ of _________
ESTIMATOR WORK SHEET
PROJECT LOCATION
PROJECT TITLE
PROJECT SECTION
ACTIVITY NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
DRAWING NUMBER
PROJECT NUMBER
BM
NUMBER
PREPARED BY:
CHECKED BY:
BM
LINE
ITEM
UNIT
OF
ISSUE
TOTAL
QTY
DATE PREPARED
REMARKS
BILL OF MATERIAL
PROJECT
PROJECT TITLE
AUTHORITY/ORIGINATOR
M&S
SERV &
REQNR
DEM
SERV &
SUPP ADD
SIG
FUND
DIS
PRJ
PRI
JON
ROS
30-35
44
45-50
51
53-53
54
57-59
60-61
62-64
72-77
COG
NSN
UNIT
OF
ISSUE
QTY
DOCUMENT NUMBER
ADV
55-56
8-20
23-24
25-26
36-43
65-66
BM SUBMITTED BY/DATE
BM APPROVED BY/DATE
LI
BM NO.
SECTION
ACCOUNTING DATA
DESCRIPTION
VENDOR/SOURCE
INTENDED USE
TARGET APPROVED/DATE
UNIT
PRICE
PAGE
TOTAL
BM
TOTAL
TOTAL
COST
PAGE
OF
BM/MTO COMPARISON WORK SHEET

ACTIVITY
NO.
____ OF ____
MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
U/I
BM LI
NO.
BM
QTY
MTO
QTY
DIFF
REMARKS
ADD-ON BM
PROJECT NUMBER
BM NUMBER
BM
ITEM
NO.
UNIT
OF
ISSUE
1. CREW LEADER
PROJECT TITLE
MASTER ACTIVITY NUMBER
QTY
DATE
DRAWING NO.
DESCRIPTION
DATE
PREPARED BY:
MLO USE ONLY

UNIT
PRICE
TOTAL
COST
JUSTIFICATION
5. OPS
2. PROJECT SUP.
6. MLO CHIEF
3. PROJECT MGR.
7. MLO SK
4. QC REP.
8. PROCUREMENT APPROVAL
DATE
MLO NOTES & REMARKS
REQUESITIO
N
NUMBER
MASTER ACTIVITY LISTING

PROJECT #_______________ PROJECT TITLE______________________________________________________________
MASTER ACT.
NUMBER/TITLE
FORM CREATED BY EAC (SCW) R. KRUPA
MASTER ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
MDs
DURATION
NCF LEVEL II
PROJECT #
TOTAL MANDAY ESTIMATE:
TITLE:
ACT
#
JAN
MASTER ACTIVITY
MDS
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
TASKED MANDAYS:
JUN
JUL
AUG
WT
%
100%
10
90%
20
80%
30
70%
40
60%
50
50%
60
40%
70
30%
80
20%
90
10%
100
0%
TOTAL
MDs Scheduled This Period
Cummulative Mandays Scheduled
%Complete Scheduled (Plot)
MDs Expended This Period
Cummulative mandays Expended
% Mandays Expended
% Work - In - Place (Plot)
INDEX
Table
Number
4-104
4-135
4-136
4-2
4-25
4-26
4-85
4-83
4-86
4-91
4-90
4-92
4-84
4-88
4-89
4-80
4-81
4-87
4-93
4-82
Page
-A-
ACOUSTICS
Acoustical treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
AIR CONDITIONING
Air conditioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128

Refrigerant recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
ASPHALT
Asphalt plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Paving, bituminos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
BLASTING
-B-
Drilling and blasting, rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
CARPENTRY
-C-
Board feet content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Board feet of lumber required per surface
Board feet required for wood partitions .
Criteria for plywood flooring . . . . . . . .
Criteria for plywood roof sheathing . . . .
Finish carpentry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material required for built-up girders . . .
Material required for rafters . . . . . . . .
Roof areas of pitched roof . . . . . . . . . .
Rough carpentry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sheathing and siding . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variable spacing, number of studs . . . . .
Wire nails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wood joists for floor spacing . . . . . . . .
Index-1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-81
4-80
4-82
4-85
4-84
4-86
4-80
4-83
4-84
4-77
4-78
4-82
4-86
4-79
E-1
E-2
CLIMATE
Temperature, rainfall - outside United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3

Temperature, rainfall - United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5
CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
4-39
4-53
4-54
4-52
4-45
4-47
4-55
4-49
4-46
4-43
4-44
4-50
4-48
4-51
4-41
4-42
4-40
C-1
D-2
D-3
D-1
D-4
D-1
D-1
Form Work
Form work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Concrete
Comprehensive strength . . . . . . . .
Conversion and waste factors . . . . .
Cubic feet to cubic yard . . . . . . . .
Finishing and curing . . . . . . . . . .
Footings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material, weights, measures . . . . .
Material, for 100 SF of concrete . . .
Miscellaneous and imbedded items .
Mixing concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Placing concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Volume factors of various mixes . . .
Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reinforcing
Bars, numbers, sizes, areas, weights
Reinforcing steel . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reinforcing steel fabrication . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-50
4-51
4-49
4-43
4-45
4-51
4-47
4-44
4-42
4-43
4-47
4-45
4-48
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
CONVERSION - WASTE FACTORS

Conversion and waste factors
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
CONVERSION ENGLISH - METRIC

Conduit/ wire . . . .
Decimal equivalent
Length . . . . . . . .
Time . . . . . . . . .
Volume . . . . . . . .
Weight . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
D-6
D-7
D-3
D-8
D-4
D-5
-D-
4-99
4-101
DOORS, WINDOWS, AND GLASS
Door installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95

Glass and glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
Index-2
4-100
Window installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
DRAWING SYMBOLS
Architectural (fig. F-4) . . . . . .

Electrical (fig. F-6) . . . . . . . .
Mechanical (fig. F-5) . . . . . . .
Standard (fig. F-2) . . . . . . . . .
Structural and welding (fig. F-3)
Title (fig. F-1) . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. F-6
F-13
. F-9
. F-4
. F-4
. F-3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
-E-
4-6
4-11
4-12
4-7
4-22
4-31
4-32
4-8
4-13
4-28
4-14
4-9
4-27
4-15
4-17
4-30
4-10
4-19
4-21
4-29
4-18
4-23
4-20
4-16
EARTHWORK
Acreage and areas . . . . . . . . . .

Bulldozer production . . . . . . . .
Clamshell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clearing, grubbing, stripping . . .
Compaction factors . . . . . . . . .
Culvert, concrete pipe . . . . . . .
Culvert, galvanized . . . . . . . . .
Demolition and removal . . . . . .
Draglines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Erosion control . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excavation factors . . . . . . . . . .
Excavation, general . . . . . . . . .
Excavation, hand . . . . . . . . . . .
Excavation, power . . . . . . . . . .
Excavation, sheeting and shoring
Fencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front end loaders . . . . . . . . . .
Dump trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Landscaping . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material weights, swell factors . .
Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scrapers, tractor, wheel . . . . . .
Trencher/ditchers . . . . . . . . . .
ELECTRICAL
4-149
4-17
4-21
4-21
4-18
4-27
4-32
4-32
4-19
4-21
4-30
4-22
4-20
4-30
4-23
4-24
4-31
4-20
4-26
4-27
4-31
4-25
4-28
4-26
4-23
Alarm Systems
Fire alarm and signal system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143
Index-3
4-153
4-151
4-150
4-152
4-141
4-139
4-141
4-140
4-137
4-138
4-148
4-142
4-146
4-144
4-147
4-143
4-145
Communication Systems
Intercommunication systems, installing . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Telephone, interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Telephone, overhead construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Telephone, underground construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overhead Systems
Athletic field lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conductors and devices, overhead primary and secondary .
Lighting, athletic facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting, street and security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Poles, setting, line work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pole and anchor holes, digging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transformer and Substation Systems
Substation installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Underground Systems
Power systems, underground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Systems
Conduit spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical finish and trim, housing and barracks . . . . . . .
Electrical finish and trim, industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical rough in, housing and barracks . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical rough in, industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical symbols (fig. F-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EQUIPMENT
Miscellaneous . . . . . . . .
NCF support unit . . . . .
Power tools . . . . . . . . .
TA-01 table of allowance
TA-02 table of allowance
Tool kit description . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-146
4-144
4-144
4-145
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-136
4-134
4-136
4-135
4-133
4-133
. . . . . . . . . 4-142
. . . . . . . . . 4-137
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-141
4-139
4-141
4-138
4-140
F-12
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. B-8
B-11
B-10
. B-5
. B-6
. B-1
-F-
4-104
FINISHES
Acoustical
Acoustical treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
4-108
4-106
Floor Tile
Floor, resilient, mastic requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
Floor, tile estimating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
Index-4
4-107
4-105
4-116
4-115
4-117
4-114
4-113
4-112
4-103
4-102
4-110
4-111
4-109
4-133
4-134
4-132
4-133
4-133
4-58
4-62
4-60
4-63
4-59
4-61
4-57
4-56
Floor, tile waste allowances . . . . . . . . . . . .

Flooring, tiling soft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Painting
Coverage for paints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drying times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Painting, exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Painting, interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Painting, metal fence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Painting, structural and miscellaneous steel . .
Plaster and Stucco
Cement, stucco, plaster, material requirements
Portland cement, stucco, and plaster . . . . . .
Wall Covering
Joint compound and tape, ready mix . . . . . .
Wallboard, fastener requirements . . . . . . . .
Wall covering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HEATING
4-133
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-107
4-106
4-108
4-105
4-104
4-104
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
-H-
Boilers, heating . . . . . . . . .
Duct, sheet metal, fiberglass
Furnaces, warm air . . . . . .
Heaters, hot water storage . .
Tanks, expansion . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-126
4-127
4-125
4-126
4-126
Block, brick, and rubble masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Conversion units: masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grout, volume in concrete block walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material weights and measures: masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tile masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Walls, CMU, maximum unsupported height during construction
Walls, concrete masonry, height by courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Walls, concrete masonry, length by stretcher . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
MASONRY
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
-M-
MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION
4-135
4-136
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
4-57
4-60
4-59
4-61
4-58
4-59
4-56
4-55
Air Conditioning
Air conditioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Refrigerant recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Heating
Boilers, heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Index-5
4-134
4-132
4-133
4-133
4-121
4-129
4-126
4-125
4-122
4-135
4-130
4-131
4-127
4-128
4-135
4-123
4-124
4-74
4-73
4-72
4-78
4-75
4-76
4-71
4-70
4-69
4-77
4-65
4-64
4-66
4-67
4-79
4-68
4-96
4-97
Duct, sheet metal and fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Furnaces, warm air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical Symbols (fig. F-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heaters, hot water storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tanks, expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe and Fittings
Cast iron no hub pipe and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compressed air systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Concrete pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPVC and PVC pipe, solvent welded, and fittings . . . .
Copper pipe, type K, L, M, with cast or wrought fittings
Dehumidifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fire protection systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Galley equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation and lagging, pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plumbing, finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refrigerators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel pipe, threaded or flanged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel pipe, grooved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
METALS
Butt joints, square groove, electrode and wire . . . . . . .

Butt joints, "V" groove, electrode and wire requirements
Fillet welds, horizontal, electrode and wire requirements
Steel angles, weight of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel bars, flat, weight of in LBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel bars, square, round, weight of in LBS . . . . . . . . .
Steel floor plates, standard diamond, weight of . . . . . . .
Steel plates, weights in pounds per square foot . . . . . . .
Steel, sheets, black, galvanized, flat, corrugated, gage of
Steel, standard channel, weight of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel, structural, erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel, structural, fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel, structural, flame cutting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel, structural, welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel tanks, bolted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steel, welded pipe lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structural and welding symbols (fig. F-3) . . . . . . . . . .
MOISTURE PROTECTION
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-127
4-125
. F-8
4-126
4-126
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-117
4-123
4-120
4-120
4-117
4-128
4-124
4-124
4-121
4-122
4-128
4-118
4-119
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-69
4-69
4-68
4-73
4-70
4-71
4-68
4-68
4-67
4-72
4-65
4-65
4-66
4-66
4-74
4-67
F-4
Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Insulation, batts, fastener requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
Index-6
4-98
4-95
4-94
4-116
4-115
4-117
4-114
4-113
4-112
4-34
4-33
4-37
4-35
4-38
4-36
4-2
4-3
4-103
4-102
4-121
4-129
4-126
4-125
4-122
4-135
4-130
4-131
4-127
4-128
Insulation, loose fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91

Sheet metal work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Waterproofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89
-P-
PAINTING
Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drying times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Painting, exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Painting, interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Painting, metal fence . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Painting, structural and miscellaneous steel
PIERS, PILING
Pier hardware, miscellaneous

Piledriving . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pile bracing and capping . . .
Pile dolphins, wood . . . . . .
Pile extraction . . . . . . . . .
Pile framing . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-107
4-106
4-108
4-105
4-104
4-104
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-33
4-33
4-34
4-34
4-35
4-34
PLANT OPERATION
Asphalt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Rock crushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
PLASTER
Cement, stucco, plaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99

Portland cement, stucco, plaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
PIPE
Cast iron no hub pipe and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Compressed air systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Concrete pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPVC and PVC pipe, solvent welded, and fittings . . . .
Copper pipe, type K, L, M, with cast or wrought fittings
Dehumidifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fire protection systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Galley equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation and lagging, pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plumbing, finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index-7
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-117
4-123
4-120
4-120
4-117
4-128
4-124
4-124
4-121
4-122
4-135
4-123
4-124
Refrigerators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Steel pipe, threaded or flanged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
Steel pipe, grooved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
PROJECT PLANNING
Add-On BM work sheet (fig. 2-4) . . . . . . .

Activity block (fig. 5-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backward pass (fig. 5-7) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bill of material (fig. 2-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BM/MTO comparison work sheet (fig. 2-3)
Estimating work sheet (fig. 2-1) . . . . . . . .
Equipment estimate (fig. 3-1) . . . . . . . . . .
Finish-to-finish logic (fig. 5-5) (fig. 5-10) . .
Floats (fig. 5-8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward pass (fig.5-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Log (fig. 5-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Precedence diagram (fig. 5-2)(5-11) . . . . . .
Production efficiency (fig.4-1) . . . . . . . . .
Rigid frame building (fig. 5-11) . . . . . . . .
Start-to-start logic (fig. 5-4)(fig. 5-9) . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . 2-8
. . . 5-5
. . . 5-10
. . . 2-6
. . . 2-7
. . . 2-5
. . . 3-4
. 5-7/5-8
. . . 5-10
. . . 5-9
. . . 5-6
5-6/5-13
. . . 4-7
. . . 5-12
. . . 5-7
-S-
SITE WORK
4-25
4-24
4-26
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-22
4-23
4-19
4-18
4-20
Asphalt
Paving, bituminous . . . . . . . . .
Seal coats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blasting and Quarring
Drilling and blasting, rock . . . . .
Clearing
Acreage and areas . . . . . . . . . .
Clearing, grubbing, stripping . . .
Demolition and removal . . . . . .
Compaction
Compaction factors . . . . . . . . .
Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earthmoving
Dump trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material weights and swell factors
Scrapers, tractor, wheel . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Index-8
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-9
4-27
4-10
4-21
4-31
4-32
4-28
4-30
4-29
4-14
4-17
4-15
4-16
4-34
4-33
4-37
4-35
4-38
4-36
4-119
4-120
4-118
4-118
4-5
4-5
4-5
4-4
Excavation
Bulldozer production . . . . . . . .
Clamshell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Draglines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excavation, general factors . . . .
Excavation, hand . . . . . . . . . . .
Front end loaders . . . . . . . . . .
Grading
Graders, motor . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous
Culvert, concrete pipe . . . . . . .
Culvert, galvanized . . . . . . . . .
Erosion control . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Landscaping . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trenching
Excavation factors . . . . . . . . . .
Excavation, sheeting and shoring
Excavators, power . . . . . . . . . .
Trencher/ditchers . . . . . . . . . .
Waterfront
Pier hardware, miscellaneous . . .
Piledriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pile bracing and capping . . . . . .
Pile dolphins, wood . . . . . . . . .
Pile extraction . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pile framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-21
4-21
4-22
4-20
4-30
4-20
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-32
4-32
4-30
4-31
4-31
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-22
4-24
4-23
4-23
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-33
4-33
4-34
4-34
4-35
4-34
Bulletin boards, chalkboards, directory boards

bathroom accessories . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabinets, wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metal products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-111
4-112
4-111
4-111
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
SPECIALTIES
SUPPORT ITEMS
Barricades . . . . . . . . . . . .
Construction, temporary . . .
Rubbish shute . . . . . . . . . .
Scaffolding, runways, ramps
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Index-9
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-14
4-14
4-14
4-14
E-1
E-2
4-111
4-110
4-109
TEMPERATURE - RAINFALL
Outside United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3

United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5
WALLBOARD
Fastener requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103

Joint compound and tape, ready mix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
Wall covering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
WORK ELEMENT
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-34
4-33
4-37
4-35
4-38
4-36
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plant operations . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asphalt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rock crushing . . . . . . . . . .
Roads, paving, walks . . . . . . . . . .
Scaffoldings, runways, ramps . . . .
Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temporary construction . . . . . . . .
Utilities, outside . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Waterfront construction . . . . . . . .
Pier hardware, miscellaneous
Piledriving . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pile bracing and capping . . .
Pile dolphins, wood . . . . . .
Pile extraction . . . . . . . . . .
Pile framing . . . . . . . . . . .
Index-10
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
A-1
A-6
4-13
4-13
A-7
4-14
A-3
4-14
A-5
A-7
4-33
4-33
4-34
4-34
4-35
4-34
PUBLICATION DEFICIENCY/EVALUATION REPORT

1. Publication No.
2. Publication Title
3. Submitting Organization
5. Type of Organization
AE______ EFD/PWO______
OICC/ROICC______ User______
4. Address
Contractor______ Other______
6. Problem Areas
a. Paragraph number and wording:
b. Recommended wording:
c. Reason/rational for recommendation:
USERS EVALUATION OF PUBLICATION

Excellent
Good
Fair
Poor
Complete
Incomplete
7. Remarks
8. Submitter's Name, Rank, Rate, or Grade and Title
Work Telephone Number
9. Signature of Department Officer
Date
Date
PLEASE CLOSE WITH TAPE - DO NOT STAPLE - THANK YOU
Fold Here
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY
______________________
Official Business
COMMANDING OFFICER
CIVIL ENGINEER SUPPORT OFFICE, CODE 1574
NAVAL CONSTRUCTION BATTALION CENTER
1000 23RD AVENUE
PORT HUENEME, CA 93043 4301
_____________________________________________________________________
Fold Here
COMMUNICATION:
THE KEY TO EFFECTIVE MANAGEMENT!
CONTACTS AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Subject
Code
Phone
DIRECTOR
ABFC/TOA Component Shipping
Assistance Visits
CASEMIS Information System
CESE Fleet
CESE Non-Rolling Stock Tech. and Procurement
CESE Shore Activities
CESMIS Information System
Drawings, Facilities, ABFC
Drawings, Storage and Retrieval
ECMS Information System
Fleet (NCF) and Shore Activities
Fleet (NSE) Amphibious
Industry Interface CCB CD-ROM
Industry Interface Equipment
Industry Interface Facilities
Maintenance
Mil. and Fed. Specs. Equipment
Mil. and Fed. Specs. Facilities
Mil. and Fed. Specs. Guide Specifications
NCF Training
NCR Curriculum Development
Provisioning
Publications, CASEMIS manuals
Publications, CESE, Maint. Bulletin
Publications, CESMIS manuals
Publications, NAVFAC, user manuals
Publications, Rate Training Manuals
Publications, SAMMS manuals
Publications, Sealift Support Manuals
PWRMS CESE Rolling Stock
PWRMS Non-2C Cognizance
PWRMS Non-Rolling Stock
SAMMS Information System
Tables of Allowance
Test and Evaluation
15
1574
1575
1535
1575
1536
1531
1574
1536
1562
1564
1573
154B
158
1564
1562
1574
1564
1562
158
152
1521
1574
1535
1574
1574
1574
1521
1574
1543
1575
1573
1573
1574
1571
1532
1870
1915
3153
3296
3204
2468
3099
1883
2468
5778
6094
1895
2780
5661
5537
5460
1922
5537
5460
5661
3065
5926
1916
3296
1856
1883
1816
3083
1883
2998
3204
1895
1895
1883
1898
3081
FAX Number: 5798
DSN prefix: 551-
COMMERCIAL (805) 982-
Written and Produced

by
CIVIL ENGINEER SUPPORT OFFICE
NAVAL CONSTRUCTION BATTALION CENTER
1000 23RD AVENUE
PORT HUENEME, CA 93043-4301

Navfac P - 405 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Navfac P - 405 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Navfac P - 405 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

COMUSNAVCENT Code N42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

Title or brief description

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION TO PLANNING AND ESTIMATING

CHAPTER 2. ACTIVITY AND QUANTITY ESTIMATES OF MATERIALS

CHAPTER 4. LABOR ESTIMATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 3. EQUIPMENT ESTIMATES . . . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 5. NETWORK ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

Work Element Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

Estimating Work Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

NMCB TA-01 Construction Equipment Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

DIVISION 2. SITE WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

DIVISION 3. CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . .

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

DIVISION 7. MOISTURE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . .

DIVISION 8. DOORS, WINDOWS,

DIVISION 9. FINISHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97

DIVISION 11. ARCHITECTURAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

DIVISION 14. CONVEYING SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113

DIVISION 16. ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

DIVISION 17. EXPEDITIONARY STRUCTURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

This page is blank

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION TO PLANNING AND ESTIMATING

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

quantities required to construct a given project. Information to prepare material estimates is

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

This page is blank

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

CHAPTER 2. ACTIVITY AND QUANTITY ESTIMATES OF MATERIALS

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

Sources of Errors. The most common source of errors follow:

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

ESTIMATOR WORK SHEET

FIGURE 2-1. Estimating Work Sheet

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

FIGURE 2-2. Bill of Material

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

BM/MTO COMPARISON WORK SHEET

FIGURE 2-3. BM/MTO Comparison Work Sheet

Downloaded from http://www.everyspec.com

MASTER ACTIVITY NUMBER

MLO USE ONLY